<PAGE>   1

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                                 ANNUAL REPORT
                                       ON

                                  FORM 20-F/A
(MARK ONE)
[ ]  Registration statement pursuant to Section 12(b) or 12(g) of the Securities
     Exchange Act of 1934 (Fee Required)
                                       OR
[X]  Annual report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange
     Act of 1934 for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2000 (No Fee Required)
                                       OR
[ ]  Transition report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
     Exchange Act of 1934 for the transition period from N/A to N/A (No Fee
     Required)
                        Commission file number: 333-7668
                      POLSKA TELEFONIA CYFROWA SP. Z O.O.
             (Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)
                                     POLAND
                (Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization)
                  AL. JEROZOLIMSKIE 181, 02-222 WARSAW, POLAND
                    (Address of Principal Executive Offices)

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the
Exchange Act:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           NAME OF EACH EXCHANGE
             TITLE OF EACH CLASS                            ON WHICH REGISTERED
             -------------------                           ---------------------
<S>                                            <C>
                     None                                           None
</TABLE>

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the
Exchange Act:

                                      None
                                (TITLE OF CLASS)

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d)
of the Exchange Act:

     10 3/4% SENIOR SUBORDINATED GUARANTEED DISCOUNT NOTES DUE JULY 1, 2007
       11 1/4% SENIOR SUBORDINATED GUARANTEED NOTES DUE DECEMBER 1, 2009

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer's classes of
capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual
report.

           471,000 OUTSTANDING ORDINARY SHARES OF PLN 1,000 PER SHARE

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the
registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such
filing requirements for the past 90 days.
                               Yes [X]     No [ ]
Indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected
to follow.
                          Item 17 [ ]     Item 18 [X]
Name and address of person authorized to receive notices and communications from
the Securities and Exchange Commission:

                                Robert S. Trefny
                 Clifford Chance Limited Liability Partnership
                             200 Aldersgate Street
                                London EC1A 4JJ
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>   2

     We, Polska Telefonia Cyfrowa Sp. z o.o., are a limited liability company
organized under the laws of the Republic of Poland.

     References to the "10 3/4% Notes" are to the 10 3/4% Senior Subordinated
Guaranteed Discount Notes due July 1, 2007. The 10 3/4% Notes were issued in
July 1997 by PTC International Finance B.V., a wholly-owned finance company
subsidiary of ours organized under the laws of The Netherlands. References to
the "11 1/4% Notes" are to the 11 1/4% Senior Subordinated Guaranteed Notes due
December 1, 2009. The 11 1/4% Notes were issued in November 1999 by PTC
International Finance II S.A., a company organized under the laws of Luxembourg.
PTC International Finance II S.A. is a wholly-owned subsidiary of PTC
International Finance (Holding) B.V., a wholly-owned holding company subsidiary
of ours organized under the laws of The Netherlands. Both the 10 3/4% Notes and
11 1/4% Notes (together, the "Existing Notes") are fully and unconditionally
guaranteed by us on a senior subordinated basis. PTC International Finance B.V.,
PTC International Finance (Holding) B.V. and PTC International Finance II, S.A.
do not file separate reports under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the
"Exchange Act"). We have no other subsidiaries.

     We publish our Financial Statements in Polish Zloty. In this annual report
on Form 20-F/A (the "Form 20-F"), references to "Zloty" or "PLN" are to the
lawful currency of the Republic of Poland, references to "U.S. dollars",
"U.S.$", "USD" or "$" are to the lawful currency of the United States of
America, references to "Deutschmark" or "DM" are to the lawful currency of the
Federal Republic of Germany and references to "E" and "Euro" are to the single
currency of those member states of the European Union participating in the third
stage of European Economic and Monetary Union.

     Our Financial Statements for the year ended December 31, 2000 included in
this Form 20-F have been prepared in accordance with International Accounting
Standards ("IAS"), which differ in certain respects from generally accepted
accounting principles in the United States ("U.S. GAAP") (see Note 31 to the
Financial Statements). Unless otherwise stated herein, all financial information
presented in this Form 20-F has been prepared in accordance with IAS.

     CAUTIONARY STATEMENT FOR PURPOSES OF THE "SAFE HARBOR" PROVISIONS OF THE
UNITED STATES PRIVATE SECURITIES LITIGATION REFORM ACT OF 1995. THIS ANNUAL
REPORT ON FORM 20-F CONTAINS CERTAIN FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS (AS DEFINED IN
SECTION 21E OF THE EXCHANGE ACT) WITH RESPECT TO OUR PLANS TO COMPLETE OUR
CELLULAR NETWORK, EXPECTATIONS AS TO FUNDING OUR CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS AND OTHER
STATEMENTS OF EXPECTATION, BELIEF, FUTURE PLANS AND STRATEGIES, ANTICIPATED
DEVELOPMENTS AND OTHER MATTERS THAT ARE NOT HISTORICAL FACTS. THESE FORWARD
LOOKING STATEMENTS ARE ACCOMPANIED BY, AND SHOULD BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH,
AN EXPLANATION OF FACTORS THAT COULD CAUSE ACTUAL RESULTS TO DIFFER MATERIALLY
FROM THOSE EXPRESSED AS SUCH FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS. BY THEIR NATURE,
FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS INVOLVE RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES, AND THE FACTORS
DESCRIBED IN THE CONTEXT OF SUCH FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS, AND OTHER FACTORS
REFERRED TO IN THIS ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 20-F, PARTICULARLY IN ITEM 3. KEY
INFORMATION AND ITEM 5. OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS, COULD
CAUSE ACTUAL RESULTS AND DEVELOPMENTS TO DIFFER MATERIALLY FROM THOSE EXPRESSED
IN OR IMPLIED BY SUCH FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS. THE WORDS "BELIEVE", "EXPECT",
"ANTICIPATE", "PLAN", "INTEND" AND SIMILAR EXPRESSIONS ARE PREDICTIONS OF OR
INDICATE FUTURE EVENTS OR TRENDS IDENTIFYING FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS. WE ARE
CLAIMING THE BENEFITS OF THE SAFE HARBOR PROVISIONS REFERRED TO ABOVE.

                      ------------------------------------

     Our registered office and our headquarters are located at Al. Jerozolimskie
181, 02-222 Warsaw, Poland; our telephone number is (+48.22.413.6000).

                                        2
<PAGE>   3

                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          PAGE
                                                                          ----
<S>         <C>                                                           <C>
Item 1.     Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers.......    4
Item 2.     Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable.....................    4
Item 3.     Key Information.............................................    4
Item 4.     Information on the Company..................................   12
Item 5.     Operating and Financial Review and Prospects................   34
Item 6.     Directors, Senior Management and Employees..................   46
Item 7.     Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions...........   50
Item 8.     Financial Information.......................................   55
Item 9.     The Offer and Listing.......................................   58
Item 10.    Additional Information......................................   58
Item 11.    Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market          65
            Risk........................................................
Item 12.    Description of Securities other than Equity Securities......   71
Item 13.    Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies.............   71
Item 14.    Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and   71
            Use of Proceeds.............................................
Item 17.    Financial Statements........................................   71
Item 18.    Financial Statements........................................   72
Item 19.    Exhibits....................................................   72
</TABLE>

                                        3
<PAGE>   4

                                     PART I

ITEM 1.  IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS

     Not applicable.

ITEM 2.  OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE

     Not applicable.

ITEM 3.  KEY INFORMATION

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

     The following tables set forth selected historical financial data of ours
for the years ended December 31, 2000, 1999, 1998, 1997 and 1996 and should be
read in conjunction with Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects
and the Financial Statements (including the Notes thereto) included elsewhere in
this Form 20-F/A. The financial data presented in accordance with International
Accounting Standards included below as of and for the years ended December 31,
2000, 1999 and 1998 has been derived from the Financial Statements audited by
Arthur Andersen Sp. z o.o., independent auditors, included elsewhere in this
Form 20-F. The unaudited financial data presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP
included below, as of and for the years ended December 31, 2000, 1999 and 1998
has been derived from our Financial Statements. The financial data included
below as of and for the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1996 has been derived
from our historical financial statements, adjusted for restatements made in 1999
and 1998 relating to previous years.

STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                   ---------------------------------------------------------------
                                      2000          1999         1998         1997         1996
                                   ----------    ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------
                                                        (IN THOUSANDS OF PLN)
<S>                                <C>           <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
INTERNATIONAL ACCOUNTING
  STANDARDS
Net Sales:
Service revenues and fees.......    3,462,960     2,369,444    1,445,340      534,439       38,900
Sales of telephones and
  accessories...................      169,460       222,617      165,471      112,623       32,338
Total net sales.................    3,632,420     2,592,061    1,610,811      647,062       71,238
Cost of sales:
Cost of services sold...........   (1,386,274)     (939,037)    (613,898)    (330,112)     (49,644)
Cost of sales of telephones and
  accessories...................     (864,149)     (723,814)    (334,516)    (181,037)     (42,190)
Total cost of sales.............   (2,250,423)   (1,662,851)    (948,414)    (511,149)     (91,834)
Gross margin....................    1,381,997       929,210      662,397      135,913      (20,596)
Operating expenses:
Selling and distribution
  costs.........................     (576,318)     (454,807)    (277,123)    (139,685)     (36,554)
Administration and other
  operating costs...............     (189,698)     (157,752)    (104,152)     (46,910)     (50,664)
Total operating expenses........     (766,016)     (612,559)    (381,275)    (186,595)     (87,218)
Operating profit (loss).........      615,981       316,651      281,122      (50,682)    (107,814)
Net income (loss)...............       97,651      (122,503)       5,516     (120,436)     (65,771)
Total assets....................    6,928,738     5,953,964    2,754,401    1,928,642      960,989
Net assets......................      675,211       167,806      290,309      284,800      405,229
</TABLE>

                                        4
<PAGE>   5

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                   ---------------------------------------------------------------
                                      2000          1999         1998         1997         1996
                                   ----------    ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------
                                                        (IN THOUSANDS OF PLN)
<S>                                <C>           <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
U.S. GAAP (UNAUDITED)
Revenues........................    3,518,959(1)  2,592,061    1,610,811      647,062       71,238
Cost of sales...................   (2,113,063)   (1,656,459)    (948,031)    (504,652)     (91,329)
Operating expenses..............     (766,016)     (622,027)    (384,860)    (196,570)     (64,190)
Net income (loss)...............      121,162      (140,865)     (19,160)    (150,875)     (81,757)
Total assets....................    7,047,297     5,939,661    2,750,018    1,888,576      947,673
Net assets......................      609,259        78,343      219,208      238,375      389,243
</TABLE>

---------------
(1) During 2000, we adopted the revenue recognition principles of Staff
    Accounting Bulletin No. 101 "Revenue Recognition in Financial Statements"
    ("SAB 101"), issued by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.
    Accordingly, in 2000, we instituted accounting procedures that are
    consistent with SAB 101. For the years ended prior to December 31, 1999 our
    internal accounting procedures were not organized in a manner that permitted
    us to gather the data required by SAB 101. The cumulative net effect of the
    introduction of SAB 101 on our net assets as of January 1, 2000 resulted in
    a decrease of PLN 0.3 million.

RISK FACTORS

RISKS RELATED TO THE NEED FOR ADDITIONAL FINANCING -- OUR CURRENT BUSINESS PLAN
MAY REQUIRE SIGNIFICANT ADDITIONAL FINANCING.

     In order for us to implement our current business plan, we may need to
raise additional funds to meet our anticipated working capital requirements,
capital expenditures and other operating requirements. Although the proceeds
from the new Bank Credit Facilities, which were entered into on February 20,
2001 (as described in Item 8. Financial Information -- Material Contracts --
Bank Credit Facilities), together with anticipated cash from operations, will
provide a significant portion of the financing required to implement our
business plan, we may eventually be required to raise additional financing. We
cannot assure you that this additional financing will be available on
satisfactory and commercially acceptable terms or at all.

     Our revenues, the capital expenditures required to further build out our
Global System for Mobile Communications, or GSM, and Universal Mobile
Telecommunication System, or UMTS, networks and the expenses involved in our
operations will depend on a number of elements, including:

     -  our ability to meet build-out schedules;

     -  growth in our market penetration, our market share and the effectiveness
        of our competitors in such markets;

     -  costs of new network equipment and maintenance of our networks;

     -  regulatory changes;

     -  changes in technology; and

     -  the availability of UMTS infrastructure and handsets.

     As our capital expenditures and operating expenses are linked directly to
our subscriber growth, our actual capital expenditure requirements and other
cash operating needs may also increase if we add more new subscribers than
expected. If our capital expenditure requirements and other cash operating needs
were to increase, we may also need additional financing. We cannot assure you
that this additional financing would be available on satisfactory and
commercially acceptable terms or at all.

RISKS RELATED TO THE FUTURE DEVELOPMENT OF THE POLISH WIRELESS MARKET -- OUR
BUSINESS DEPENDS ON FUTURE GROWTH OF THE WIRELESS PHONE MARKET IN POLAND.

     The development of our business continues to depend, in large part, on the
level of wireless penetration in Poland. We expect continued growth in the
number of wireless subscribers in Poland. However, the size of our future
subscriber base will be affected by a number of factors. Many of these factors
are beyond our control,
                                        5
<PAGE>   6

including general economic conditions such as GDP per capita, the relative
development of the GSM market and the future UMTS market and any rival market
for the provision of wireless services, the price of handsets, the price of
services, dealer commissions and the availability, quality and cost to the
subscriber of competing services. Any significant slowdown in economic growth in
Poland could hurt us by slowing the rate of increase in the number of our
subscribers or causing a decline in average usage or revenue generated by these
subscribers. Given these factors, as well as the relatively short history of the
wireless telecommunications industry, it is difficult to predict with any degree
of certainty the growth of wireless services in Poland or of the number of our
subscribers. In addition, as the penetration of wireless phones into Poland
increases, we believe that an increasing proportion of subscribers will be from
segments of the population with lower usage rates. Accordingly, we believe that
average use and revenue per subscriber from Voice Services will continue to
decline. See Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects.

RISKS RELATED TO THE DEVELOPMENT OF UMTS NETWORKS AND SERVICES -- A FAVORABLE
MARKET FOR UMTS SERVICES IN POLAND MAY NOT DEVELOP, WHICH MAY MATERIALLY AFFECT
OUR REVENUE GROWTH.

     We have recently acquired a third generation mobile telephone or UMTS
License to commence operations of UMTS services in Poland. As a result, we will
be required to make substantial investments during the next several years in
order to build out UMTS networks and develop related products and services.
Therefore our business plan is, in large measure, based on the anticipated
widespread market acceptance of UMTS technology, which is still unproven. UMTS
technology may not develop in a timely manner or, if developed, it may not
provide the expected advantages over existing or other as yet undeveloped
technologies. In addition, demand is unproven for UMTS-based services and may
not develop as we anticipate. Accordingly, no assurances can be given that a
significant market for UMTS services will develop or, even if such a market does
develop, that we will be able to achieve our desired sales volumes for UMTS
services. If UMTS technology is not developed on a timely basis, if we fail to
integrate our UMTS network into our existing network, if UMTS does not deliver
the anticipated advantages or gain widespread acceptance or if we derive a
smaller percentage of our total revenues than expected from our UMTS-related
services, we may be required to amend our business plan or our business, results
of operations and financial condition may be materially and adversely affected.
See Item 4. Information on the Company -- Suppliers.

RISKS RELATED TO OBTAINING THE NECESSARY FINANCING FOR EXPENDITURES RELATING TO
OUR UMTS BUSINESS.

     Under our Bank Credit Facilities, we are required to submit a UMTS business
plan to the lenders under these facilities for their approval. Prior to
receiving their approval, we are restricted by the terms of these facilities to
spending no more than E25 million from the Bank Credit Facilities on our UMTS
business. If we do not obtain our lenders' approval, then we may either
refinance the Bank Credit Facilities (in which case we are required to notify
the lenders of our intention to do so), fund our UMTS network using certain
other sources of financing or delay developing our UMTS network. If we elect to
fund our UMTS network using other sources of financing or delay the development
of our UMTS network, we will be able to continue utilizing the Bank Credit
Facilities for our non-UMTS operations. If we elect to refinance, which we must
do within nine months after notifying the lenders, we are restricted to spending
no more than E75 million from the Bank Credit Facilities on capital expenditure,
operating expenses and working capital on our UMTS network. In such
circumstances, remaining amounts available under the Bank Credit Facilities
would still be able to be used for appropriate non-UMTS related purposes.
Therefore, if these lenders do not approve our UMTS business plan and we are
unable to obtain financing from another source on acceptable terms, or at all,
our UMTS expansion and roll-out plans may be adversely affected. In addition, we
may be required to raise additional financing to implement our current business
plan, even if the lenders under the Bank Credit Facilities approve our UMTS
business plan. See -- Risks Related to the Need for Additional Financing -- Our
current business plan may require significant additional financing.

RISKS RELATED TO RECENT LOSSES -- WE MAY NOT BE ABLE TO MEET OUR DEBT
OBLIGATIONS.

     Although we had net income of approximately PLN 5.5 million for the year
ended December 31, 1998 and net income of approximately PLN 97.7 million for the
year ended December 31, 2000, we incurred a net loss in

                                        6
<PAGE>   7

each other year since our founding in 1996. We cannot guarantee that our future
operations will be profitable. Until we achieve adequate free cash flow, we
cannot assure you that we will have sufficient resources to make principal and
interest payments with respect to our indebtedness unless we obtain additional
financing, which we may not be able to do on satisfactory terms or at all.

RISKS RELATED TO INFLATION AND FOREIGN CURRENCY -- DEVALUATION OF THE ZLOTY MAY
REDUCE OUR ABILITY TO SERVICE OUR FOREIGN CURRENCY DENOMINATED DEBT.

     During its transition from a state controlled economy to a free market
economy, Poland has experienced high levels of inflation and significant
fluctuation in the exchange rate for its currency, the Zloty. According to the
Polish Office of Statistics, annualized consumer price inflation has fallen from
33.3% in 1994 to 8.5% in 2000. In addition, the Polish government has adopted a
policy of managed devaluation of the Zloty against a basket of currencies,
resulting in a decrease in the rate of devaluation of the Zloty. The exchange
rate has changed from PLN 2.8755 per U.S.$1.00 as of December 31, 1996 to PLN
4.1432 per U.S.$1.00 as of December 31, 2000 and PLN 4.0670 per E1.00 as of
January 4, 1999 to PLN 3.8544 per E1.00 as of December 31, 2000. Consumer price
inflation was 13.2% in 1997, 8.6% in 1998, 9.8% in 1999 and 8.5% in 2000.

     A large portion of our debt obligations and expenses are, and are expected
to continue to be, denominated in Euro or U.S. dollars. By contrast, almost all
of our revenues are denominated in Zloty. Therefore, we are exposed to currency
exchange rate risks that could significantly impact our ability to meet our debt
obligations and finance our business. If the Zloty devalues significantly, we
may not be able to offset the impact of such devaluation through price
adjustments. We will then have to use a larger portion of our revenues to pay
our non-Zloty obligations. In March 2000, we adopted a hedging policy aimed at
protecting us in part against the effects of any such currency exchange rate
fluctuations and we entered into transactions to hedge the risk of exchange rate
fluctuations. Since then, we have hedged our twelve month financing cash
outflows in foreign currency, although inflation and currency exchange
fluctuations have still had, and may continue to have, an adverse effect on our
financial results. See Item 5. Operating and Financial Reviews and Prospects and
Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk.

RISKS RELATED TO SHAREHOLDER DISPUTES -- A FAILURE BY OUR SHAREHOLDERS TO
RESOLVE THEIR DISPUTES MAY HAVE A MATERIAL ADVERSE EFFECT ON OUR BUSINESS.

     Deutsche Telekom MobilNet GmbH ("DeTeMobil"), MediaOne International B.V.
("MediaOne", part of Deutsche Telekom Group) and Elektrim Telekomunikacja Sp. z
o.o. (a joint venture between Elektrim S.A. ("Elektrim") and Vivendi Universal
S.A. and certain of its affiliates or ("Vivendi") (together the "Operating
Parties") are our three principal shareholders. Each of DeTeMobil, MediaOne and
Elektrim entered into a Shareholders' Agreement dated December 21, 1995 (as
amended, the "Shareholders' Agreement") governing the Operating Parties'
involvement in our business and their agreement as to how it should be managed.
Elektrim subsequently transferred a portion of its shares to Elektrim
Telekomunikacja Sp. z o.o. Under the Shareholders' Agreement, our business is
managed by a Management Board and controlled by a Supervisory Board. In
addition, the Shareholders' Agreement provides, among other things, that certain
decisions of the Management Board may not be taken without the prior approval of
the Supervisory Board. This prior approval cannot be given unless all members of
the Supervisory Board who were appointed by the Operating Parties vote or
consent to approve such actions. These actions include amendments to our
business plan and annual budgets, acquisitions or dispositions of assets above
certain values, incurring additional indebtedness (other than in the ordinary
course of business or below certain limits) and the entry into long-term
contracts (with certain exceptions).

     Deutsche Telekom (the parent company of DeTeMobil) acquired MediaOne in
2000. As a result, Deutsche Telekom currently owns directly and indirectly 45%
of our outstanding shares. Prior to August 1999, Elektrim owned 34.1% of the
shares. However, in August 1999, Elektrim announced that it had acquired an
additional 15.8% of our shares for a purchase price of U.S.$679.4 million.
Deutsche Telekom is disputing the legality of Elektrim's acquisition of a
portion of these acquired shares (representing approximately 3% of our total
471,000 outstanding shares), claiming that it had a right of first refusal to
purchase these shares under our Shareholders' Agreement. On December 9, 1999,
Elektrim registered with the Warsaw Regional Court the transfer of 47.9998% of
our shares to Elektrim Telekomunikacja Sp. z o.o. retaining one share of direct
ownership. Notwithstanding the
                                        7
<PAGE>   8

foregoing, at the request of Elektrim, our Management Board filed these changes
in our share registry book and agreed to file an updated list of shareholders
with the Warsaw Regional Court as required under Polish law. Two of our five
Management Board members objected, however, to Elektrim's request and did not
sign the change in our share registry book. The updated list of shareholders,
together with formal statements from the two dissenting Board members, were
filed with the Warsaw Regional Court. Deutsche Telekom sought an injunction from
the Warsaw Regional Court to disallow the change in our share registry book and
the updated list of shareholders. This was rejected by the Court on February 16,
2000. Deutsche Telekom has announced that it will appeal this decision. Deutsche
Telekom also announced in October 1999 the commencement of an arbitration claim
(at the International Arbitration Court in Vienna) against Elektrim and certain
smaller shareholders. This claim was suspended in December 2000 following the
entry by Deutsche Telekom into a letter of intent with Elektrim for the purchase
by Deutsche Telekom of a 51% stake in six Elektrim companies that provide
fixed-line and data transmission services.

     We are aware of a dispute between Vivendi and Elektrim relating to the
letter of intent referred to above. On February 23, 2001, Vivendi petitioned the
Registrar of the London Court of International Arbitration seeking to prevent
Elektrim's contemplated sale of the relevant companies to Deutsche Telekom. The
outcome of this arbitration is uncertain and may have a material adverse effect
on us to the extent that disagreements between Elektrim and Vivendi could
prevent them from agreeing as to how Elektrim Telekomunikacja Sp. z o.o., one of
the Operating Parties, should take decisions as to the operation of our company.

     Vivendi has also recently attempted, along with certain members of
Elektrim's Supervisory Board, to change the composition of Elektrim's
management. This, or a similar dispute among Elektrim and its shareholders, may
adversely affect Elektrim and distract its management from focusing on
Elektrim's interest in Elektrim Telekomunikacja Sp. z o.o., and to how Elektrim
Telekomunikacja Sp. z o.o. should take important decisions affecting us. These
decisions may include, among others, whether or not to provide us with
additional financing if needed, in the form of equity or shareholder loans or
otherwise. In addition, the need for agreement by all of the Operating Parties
on many important decisions means that the failure by our major shareholders to
timely reach unanimous agreement concerning our operations or otherwise may
result in delays or other impasses which may consequently have a material
adverse effect on our ability to conduct our business. Should the disputes
described above continue, the ability of the Operating Parties to cooperate
might be diminished. Any failure by the Operating Parties to maintain
cooperative relationships could have a material adverse effect on our business
and on our results of operations and financial condition.

RISK OF COMPETITION -- WE FACE COMPETITION IN POLAND'S TELECOMMUNICATIONS
INDUSTRY.

     The wireless telecommunications market is highly competitive. We believe
that the level of competition continues in all areas of the Polish
telecommunications market, and with the liberalization of the Polish domestic
and the anticipated liberalization of the international long distance market,
will continue to increase further over the next few years. Increased
competition, in the form of both new entrants and existing operators that widen
the scope of their telecommunication activities, could force us and our
competitors to take measures that could raise subscriber acquisition costs,
reduce our share of net subscriber additions or reduce the prices of our
services.

     We face competition primarily from Polkomtel S.A. ("Polkomtel"), PTK
Centertel Sp. z o.o. ("Centertel") and wireline telephone services. Competition
between ourselves, Polkomtel and Centertel, and to a lesser extent, wireline
telephone service providers, is based on promotional discounts, services
offered, quality of service and coverage area. Competitive pressures may also
result in reduced tariff rates which would in turn reduce our average revenue
per subscriber, which has declined over time. See Item 4. Information on the
Company -- Competition and Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects.

     Centertel's majority shareholder is Telekomunikacja Polska SA ("TPSA"),
Poland's state-controlled fixed-line telecommunication operator. Polkomtel is
also owned in part by Polish state-controlled entities. As long as the Polish
state owns interests in our competitors, it may choose to favor such operators.
See Item 4. Information on the Company -- Competition. In addition, the Polish
Government announced that it may run a tender for a fourth mobile operator
during 2002.

                                        8
<PAGE>   9

     We face competition from both our direct competitors and potentially from
their significant shareholders that also operate in other telecommunications
businesses, including those providing, among others local fixed-line access,
long distance voice and data transmission services. These significant
shareholders may believe in creating synergies in their businesses by providing
their respective mobile operators with better terms than those made available to
us in areas such as interconnection, leased lines, site access/sharing,
co-distribution, etc. In such circumstances we would have recourse to the Polish
Courts and Urzad Regulacji Telekomunikacji (the Office for Telecommunications
Regulation), or "OTR", but we can provide no assurance as to the outcome of any
such action.

     The telecommunications industry is subject to rapid and significant
changes. We may face competition in the future both from the introduction of
existing rival telecommunications technologies into Poland and from the
development of new wireless technologies. See Item 4. Information on the Company
-- Competition and -- Risks Related to Shareholder Disputes.

RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH INVESTMENTS IN POLAND AND EMERGING MARKETS -- LEGAL,
POLITICAL, SOCIAL AND ECONOMIC CHANGE IN POLAND MAY HARM OUR BUSINESS.

     In recent years, Poland has undergone significant political and economic
change. Political, economic, social and other developments in Poland may in the
future hurt our business. In particular, changes in laws or regulations, whether
caused by a change in the government of Poland or otherwise, could materially
adversely affect us.

     Poland has been one of the fastest growing economies in Europe over the
years that we have been in operation. Real GDP growth in Poland was 4.1% in 1999
and 4.1% in 2000, and per capita GDP has risen 2.4% from U.S.$4,014 in 1999 to
U.S.$4,111 in 2000(1). There is no guarantee that this growth will continue. Any
significant slowdown in Poland's economic growth could hurt us by slowing the
rate of increase in the number of our subscribers or causing a further decline
in average usage or revenue per subscriber.

     Currently, there are no foreign exchange or other controls on the
repatriation of capital and dividends from Poland that would be applicable to
the payment of interest or principal on our indebtedness or under our guarantees
thereof. However, there can be no assurance that such foreign exchange control
restrictions, taxes or limitations will not be imposed or increased in the
future.

     Poland is generally considered by international investors to be an emerging
market and has a sovereign rating of A+ for local currency and BBB+ for foreign
currency(2). In general, investing in the securities of companies such as ours
with substantial operations in markets such as Poland involves a higher degree
of risk than investing in the securities of companies having substantial
operations in the United States, the countries of the European Union or other
similar jurisdictions. There can be no assurance that political, economic,
social or in other developments in other emerging markets will not have an
adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

RISKS RELATED TO THE TAXATION ENVIRONMENT IN POLAND -- THE VOLATILITY OF THE
POLISH TAX SYSTEM MAY AFFECT OUR CASH FLOWS AND ABILITY TO SERVICE DEBTS.

     The Polish tax system is characterized by frequent changes in tax
regulations, as a result of which many tax regulations are either not the
subject of firmly established interpretations or are subject to frequently
changing interpretation. The volatility of the Polish tax system makes tax
planning difficult and results in an increased risk of tax non-compliance for
Polish companies. Furthermore, changing interpretations of tax regulations by
the tax authorities, extended time periods relating to overdue liabilities and
the possible imposition of high penalties and other sanctions result in the tax
risk for a Polish company being significantly higher than in countries with more
stable tax systems.

---------------

(1) Source: Glowny Urzad Statystyczny (the Polish Government Statistics Office
    2001).

(2) Source: Standard & Poor's.
                                        9
<PAGE>   10

RISK RELATED TO THE REGULATION OF THE POLISH WIRELESS TELECOMMUNICATIONS
INDUSTRY -- CHANGES IN THE REGULATORY ENVIRONMENT COULD HURT OUR BUSINESS.

     Our business is subject to extensive governmental regulation. Changes in
laws, regulations or governmental policy, or the interpretation thereof,
affecting our business activities, including the imposition of price controls,
may adversely affect our results of operations. Decisions by regulators,
including granting of additional mobile telephony licenses to competitors or new
entrants, or limitations on licenses necessary for our operations, could
adversely affect our business. The imposition of significant additional charges
and the denial of governmental concessions that we may seek in expanding our
network, including non-allocation of additional channels in the 900 or 1800 GSM
bands, or the failure by the Polish Armed Forces to fulfill their obligations to
abandon the UMTS band awarded to us could have a material adverse impact on the
future development of our operations. In addition, the OTR may seek to impose
obligations not included in our licenses that require us to allow competitors
roaming or site-sharing rights on our network or otherwise cause material
changes to the regulatory environment. See Item 4. Information on the Company --
The Licenses.

RISKS RELATED TO OUR DEPENDENCE ON TPSA -- WE RELY ON LINES LEASED FROM TPSA IN
CERTAIN PORTIONS OF OUR NETWORK.

     We are obligated to lease lines from TPSA in order to connect elements of
our network. Although we have reduced reliance on TPSA leased lines by, among
other things, developing our own SDH network, we continue to use TPSA leased
lines in certain portions of our network. We are also dependent on connecting
with TPSA to provide international coverage and to access both the TPSA network
and our SDH backbone. In the event that TPSA is unable to provide us with these
services, we may not be able to provide services to our subscribers.

RISKS RELATED TO OUR DEPENDENCE ON KEY PERSONNEL -- OUR ABILITY TO RETAIN OUR
KEY MANAGEMENT AND PERSONNEL AND ATTRACT ADDITIONAL QUALIFIED PERSONNEL IS
ESSENTIAL TO OUR FUTURE SUCCESS.

     We believe that success in our business and in attaining our financial
goals depends on our executive officers. If any of them is unable or unwilling
to continue their employment with us, our business, financial condition and
operating results could be materially adversely affected.

     Although our use of employees seconded from the Operating Parties has
diminished significantly, as of December 31, 2000, four of these key seconded
employees remain with us.

     Our growth and success will also depend on our ability to attract talent
for our telecommunications team and our ability to train, retain and motivate
additional highly skilled and qualified personnel. This is important to us in
light of the intense competition for qualified personnel in the
telecommunications industry in Europe and the limited availability of persons
with the requisite knowledge and experience to operate in Poland.

     Our financial condition and our ability to pay interest and principal on
our indebtedness depends, in part, on a successful business plan being
implemented by qualified personnel. The loss of key personnel, or the inability
to find additional qualified personnel, could adversely affect our business.

RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH MANAGING OUR GROWTH -- OUR FUTURE RESULTS DEPEND ON OUR
ABILITY TO MANAGE THE INCREASING COMPLEXITY AND RAPID EXPANSION OF OUR BUSINESS.

     We have achieved rapid organic growth in our subscriber base since our
service was launched in September 1996. For the twelve months ended December 31,
2000, we generated an average of approximately 88,000 net subscriber additions
per month. This growth, as well as the related development of our network, has
placed and is likely to continue to place significant strain on our management
and operational resources and may require us to seek additional financing. See
"-- Risks Related to the Need for Additional Financing". As we continue to grow,
the successful operation of our business will require more skilled management
personnel, as well as more personnel trained in the technical aspects of
operating and maintaining our systems. If we fail to obtain appropriate levels
of financing and to hire and train management and technical personnel at a pace
consistent with the growth of our business, such failure could have an adverse
effect on our financial condition, our operating

                                        10
<PAGE>   11

results, the expansion of our subscriber base and service offerings, or other
aspects of our business. See "-- Risks Related to our Dependence on Key
Personnel".

RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH SUPPLIERS -- INTERFERENCE WITH OUR SUPPLIES COULD HARM OUR
BUSINESS.

     Operation of our GSM and our UMTS networks, including our mobile switching
centers, base stations and base station controllers, operation support systems
and cross-connect systems equipment depends upon obtaining adequate supplies of
transmission, switching and network equipment on a timely basis. We purchase
such equipment from Alcatel, Ericsson and Siemens, all of which are leading
international telecommunications systems equipment suppliers. Our results of
operations could be adversely affected if we are unable to obtain adequate
supplies of equipment in a timely manner from Alcatel, Ericsson, Siemens or any
other supplier of equipment or services or if there are significant increases in
the costs of such equipment or services. From time to time, suppliers may extend
lead times, limit supplies to us or increase prices due to capacity constraints
or other factors. For example, handset suppliers have announced that they intend
to establish worldwide allocations of handsets. We have not experienced any
delays in the receipt of GSM handsets to date, although we may do so in the
future. We have, however, faced and are currently facing delays in the receipt
of General Packet Radio Service, or GPRS, handsets and may also face similar
problems with the availability of UMTS handsets and equipment. In addition,
integrating the new UMTS equipment of multiple suppliers may be more difficult
and present a higher risk to us than is faced by one of our competitors, who
uses only one major supplier. This may result in delays in the commercial launch
of our UMTS services, which may lead to our competitors gaining a competitive
advantage. Any delays in launching our UMTS network could have a material
adverse effect on our business. See Item 4. Information on the Company --
Network and Facilities -- Suppliers.

ALLEGED RISKS OF WIRELESS TELEPHONE HANDSETS -- ACTUAL OR PERCEIVED HEALTH RISKS
COULD REDUCE OUR SUBSCRIBERS.

     In recent years concerns have been expressed about the potentially negative
effect of electromagnetic emissions from handsets on the health of wireless
telephone users. The Commission of the European Union has been investigating
these concerns since 1995. The actual or perceived risk of wireless
communication devices or any litigation relating to that risk, could hurt us by
reducing our subscriber growth rate, subscriber base or average usage per
subscriber and could have a material adverse effect on our business.

RISKS RELATED TO THE FAILURE TO REGISTER OUR SECURITY INTERESTS IN POLAND --
UNFORESEEN DELAYS IN THE POLISH SECURITY INTEREST REGISTRATION PROCESS MAY CAUSE
US TO HAVE TO REPAY THE BANK CREDIT FACILITIES EARLY.

     Our Polish assets have been pledged in favor of the lenders of the Bank
Credit Facilities. The asset pledge is required to be registered by a Polish
court in Warsaw in order to become effective. We have filed this pledge with the
court, but this filing has yet to be registered by the court. If the court does
not register the asset pledge by May 2, 2001, we have agreed that our
shareholders will pledge at least 51% of our shares or, alternatively, we will
have to repay in full all amounts we have drawn under the Bank Credit
Facilities, which will be terminated on such repayment. If the court does not
register the asset pledge or our shareholders' share pledges by June 18, 2001,
we have agreed that we will repay in full amounts we have drawn under the Bank
Credit Facilities, which will be terminated on such repayment.

RISKS RELATED TO THE LIMITATIONS ON THE TRANSFERABILITY OF OUR ASSETS AND SHARES
-- TRANSFER OF OUR TELECOMMUNICATIONS LICENSES IS PROHIBITED AND TRANSFER OF OUR
SHARES IS RESTRICTED.

     Our primary assets, our GSM and UMTS Licenses, are not transferable. As a
result, any transfer by us of our business would require the revocation and
reissuance of the GSM and UMTS Licenses. In addition, certain changes in our
ownership would effectively require the prior approval of the Polish Ministry of
Communications. In the event of a default by us under our Bank Credit Facilities
and an attempted realization by the holders of our senior indebtedness on the
collateral securing such senior indebtedness (which collateral currently
includes all of our outstanding capital stock), these creditors would likely
seek to sell our company as a going concern in order to maximize the proceeds
realized. Such a sale would require the approval of the Polish Ministry of
Communications. The price obtained on any such sale could be adversely affected
by the application of the
                                        11
<PAGE>   12

foregoing and other regulatory restrictions applicable to us and our business,
as well as other applicable governmental regulations and laws and foreign
exchange controls. The amounts (and the timing of the receipt of any amounts)
available to satisfy the claims of the holders of any of our indebtedness which
is subordinated to that owed under our Bank Credit Facilities after any such
sale could be further adversely affected by U.S., Luxembourg and Polish
insolvency, bankruptcy and administrative laws favouring secured creditors and
limiting the rights of unsecured creditors. See Item 4. Information on the
Company -- The Licenses.

ITEM 4.  INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY

HISTORY AND DEVELOPMENT OF THE COMPANY

     Polska Telefonia Cyfrowa Sp. z o.o., or PTC, which operates under the brand
name of Era, was incorporated in 1995 by Elektrim, DeTeMobil and MediaOne. We
are a company with limited liability organized under the laws of Poland. Our
registered office is located at in Al. Jerozolimskie 181, Warsaw, Poland. Our
telephone number is +48.22.413.6000. We are governed by the provisions of the
Polish Commercial Law, and are registered in the Commercial Register of the
District Court for the capital city of Warsaw, XVI Commercial Register
Department.

     We are authorized under our Formation Deed, our Polish law constitutive
documents, to carry out telecommunications activities, in particular mobile
telephony, data transmission, data communications, Internet-related services,
and services connected with fixed-line telephony. We are also authorized under
our Formation Deed to conduct industrial, trading and financial operations if
they are directly or indirectly necessary to or supportive of the performance of
our core business. We may establish branches and set up companies in Poland and
abroad.

     On February 23, 1996, the Minister of Post and Telecommunications issued us
a license to provide telecommunications services based on the GSM standard
within 900 MHz band, together with a permit to install and use a GSM 900 network
(the "GSM 900 License"). This network was launched just six months later in
August 1996 and services were offered in September 1996. This was the first GSM
network in Poland. On August 11, 1999, we obtained a license to provide
telecommunications services based on the GSM standard within the 1800 MHz band
(the "GSM 1800 License"). We launched our GSM 1800 network on March 1, 2000.

     We launched our Wireless Application Protocol, or WAP, services on June 16,
2000. These services give WAP subscribers direct access to the Internet through
a wide range of WAP handsets and through our WAP portal. Our homepage is also
available in WAP.

     To further promote our services, in 2000 we established a presence in cafes
in several cities in Poland, including Katowice, Krakow, Szczecin and other
Polish cities, which we re-branded as Eranet Cafes. Eranet Cafes are outfitted
with computers branded with the Era logo and are staffed by employees dressed in
characteristic PTC attire. As Internet penetration in Poland is still low, we
believe that this initiative will promote the use of the Internet by a wider
audience, including our wireless subscribers.

     On May 18, 2000, we also introduced one of the first working General Packet
Radio Service, or GPRS, platforms in Europe. This was the first working GPRS
platform in Poland, which we first put into operation and began running on a
trial basis in August 2000. We have since started the last stage of our GPRS
platform tests using actual subscribers. Some of our business subscribers have
received GPRS compatible handsets. GPRS subscribers can access the Internet via
mobile, as well as WAP services at a speed of about 40-50 kb/s for outgoing and
115 kb/s for in-coming. Compared to GSM, GPRS improves Internet speed and prices
for subscribers as after the commercial launch subscribers will pay for data
downloaded and not for time of connection. Our billing software has been
upgraded to support our new GPRS platform. In addition, we launched a variety of
GPRS-based products in March 2001, although a full scale commercial launch has
not yet taken place because of a lack of GPRS compatible handsets.

     On December 20, 2000 we obtained a Universal Mobile Telecommunications
System, or UMTS, license (the "UMTS License"), which is valid through January 1,
2023, see "-- The Licenses -- The UMTS License". UMTS is a high-speed standard
for mobile telephony that we believe will allow us to provide an extensive range
of new services, including video telephony and high-speed Internet access.
                                        12
<PAGE>   13

     At the beginning of January 2001, we completed one of the last stages of
construction of our nationwide Synchronous Digital Hierarchy, or SDH, backbone
network. This network, which currently consists of more than 2,600 km, allows us
to transmit voice and data between the 12 most important metropolitan areas in
the country, including Warsaw, Krakow, Gdansk and Szczecin. Constructed in
cooperation with Ericsson, the network is the biggest of its kind in Poland,
with two-way transmission speeds of up to 155 megabits per second. Currently the
network consists of 13 long distance links totaling 2,600 km in length and
connecting 12 metropolitan centers where our mobile switching centers are
located. We expect to increase, in the first half of 2001, the number of these
long distance links to 18 and the length of the network will eventually stretch
to more than 3,500 km. At present, the network consists of 128 stations and
transmissions are sent through 140 radio-line "hops" (point-to-point connections
between two radio terminals). A centralized management system, supported by
maintenance services of the most important nodes in the network, is aimed at
guaranteeing the reliability of this network. The network reduces our dependence
on TPSA for leased lines connections with TPSA between Mobile Switching Centers,
or MSCs, and is intended to reduce our cost of sales accordingly. We invested
approximately E41.4 million in our SDH backbone network in 2000 and plan to
invest another E7.2 million in 2001 in order to complete the project.

     In February 2001 we entered into the Bank Credit Facilities totalling E650
million to support the growth of our ongoing capital expenditure, our GSM
business and the development of UMTS, as well as to refinance the DM 672 million
Bank Credit Facility entered into in 1997 (the "1997 Bank Credit Facility"). The
Bank Credit Facilities were arranged by Deutsche Bank AG London, Dresdner Bank
Luxembourg S.A., the European Bank for Reconstruction and Development and
Deutsche Bank Polska S.A. The Bank Credit Facilities have a five year maturity.
They consist of a E550 Million Bank Credit Facility and a E100 Million Bank
Credit Facility with aggregate (each as described in Item 8. Financial
Information -- Material Contracts -- Bank Credit Facilities) commitments
totalling E650 million of which E387.5 million are available in Euro and other
major currencies and E262.5 million of which are available in Zloty. We may be
required to terminate the E100 Million Bank Credit Facility under certain
circumstances if we raise additional debt. We have increased the size of our
Zloty commitments as part of our effort to reduce our foreign exchange exposure.
Outstanding advances under these facilities bear interest at a rate based on
LIBOR, EURIBOR or WIBOR, as appropriate, plus an applicable margin, the level of
which is determined by the ratio of senior debt to annualized EBITDA.

     At the end of February 2000 we changed our brand name from Era GSM to Era,
to reflect the acquisition of our UMTS License.

BUSINESS OVERVIEW

     We are the largest GSM wireless telephony services provider in Poland with
2.8 million subscribers, a 41.8% share of the total Polish wireless market and a
42.5% share of the total Polish GSM market, in each case, as of December 31,
2000. Among wireless service providers in Poland, we believe, based on our
market knowledge and experience, that we lead the market in terms of
subscribers, revenues, EBITDA, network quality, backbone network and brand
awareness. We operate services using both a national GSM 900 and a national GSM
1800 License and, on December 20, 2000, we were granted a UMTS License. As of
December 31, 2000, our GSM network covered approximately 93.6% of the geographic
area of Poland representing approximately 98.6% of the total Polish population.
We have completed the initial roll out of our SDH microwave backbone network,
which connects certain key portions of our network and is intended to reduce our
reliance on leased lines, provide better transmission quality and reduce our
operating costs. The final phase of this SDH microwave backbone network is
expected to be completed by the end of the second quarter of 2001. In addition,
we have selectively rolled out a GSM 1800 service, which allows us to increase
capacity and to offer a seamless nationwide dual-band (GSM 900/1800) service.
All our products and services are sold under the brand Era, which, according to
a survey conducted for us by SMG Marketing Research in 2000, was one of the most
recognized brand names in Poland. To distribute our products and services, we
use a network of 28 dealers with 965 points of sale, a direct sales force of 93
representatives and a national network of our own 63 retail outlets.

     We have achieved rapid growth in our subscriber base since we launched our
first services in September 1996. For the year ended December 31, 2000, we
generated an average of approximately 88,000 additional net subscribers per
month compared to approximately 81,000 in 1999. In 2000 our churn rate decreased
to an average
                                        13
<PAGE>   14

of 2.0% per month from an average of 2.5% per month in 1999. As of December 31,
2000, we provided wireless services to approximately 2.03 million post-paid
subscribers and approximately 0.77 million pre-paid subscribers. For the year
ended December 31, 2000, we had revenues and EBITDA of PLN 3,632.4 million and
PLN 1,135.7 million, respectively, compared to revenues of PLN 2,592.1 million
and EBITDA of PLN 598.3 million, for the year ended December 31, 1999,
representing increases of 40.1% and 89.8%, respectively, over the previous year.

     We provide a broad range of high-quality wireless telephony services. These
services include call forwarding, call waiting, voicemail, account information,
short messaging services, information services, wireless Internet access
(enabled by WAP and, on a trial basis, GPRS technology). We believe that our
UMTS License will enable us to offer subscribers a wider range of products as we
introduce broadband wireless services. We offer a range of differentiated tariff
plans aimed at attracting and retaining subscribers with varying service needs.
In particular, our strategic focus has been on acquiring and retaining high
volume users, converting selected pre-paid subscribers to post-paid plans and
minimizing churn to increase recurring cash flow from each of our subscribers.
We also provide roaming capabilities to our subscribers through 162
international roaming agreements with GSM operators in 81 countries, including
all European countries with GSM services.

     We have benefitted from the experience, expertise and financial and
operating support of DeTeMobil, Elektrim Telekomunikacja Sp. z o.o. and MediaOne
and of their parent companies, Deutsche Telekom AG, Elektrim and Vivendi
Universal S.A., and from employees seconded from these companies. These
secondees have trained and supervised a number of our local managers, who now
hold key positions in our company, including our Director General and our
Director of Strategy, Marketing & Sales. As of December 31, 2000, the number of
key seconded employees was four, representing less than 0.5% of our work force.

BUSINESS STRATEGY

     Our strategic objective is to increase revenues, profitability and cash
flow and to maintain our position as the leading provider of high-quality
personal communication services in the Polish telecommunications market. The
following are key elements of our strategy:

PROVIDE SUPERIOR NETWORK QUALITY

     We have made and continue to make significant investments in the quality of
the network to maintain competitive nationwide coverage and superior in-building
reception to deliver the lowest percentage of dropped calls in the market. By
focusing capital expenditures on providing comprehensive in-building coverage in
major urban centers in Poland and enabling subscribers to receive and make
wireless connections anywhere within those areas, we attract and retain
subscribers who generate high usage. These subscribers are generally less price
sensitive, less prone to switch operators and represent a lower credit risk.
Maintaining a high quality network allows us to price our services at a premium
relative to some of our competitors. The addition of the GSM 1800 License
improved the network capabilities by allowing us to increase network capacity
selectively in a capital efficient manner. We also invested in the construction
of the SDH microwave backbone network to carry voice and data traffic. The
backbone network is expected to reduce our reliance on leased lines from TPSA,
particularly between our main MSC sites, support expected growth in Internet
traffic, provide better transmission quality and reduce our operating costs. In
addition, our GPRS platform covers twelve major Polish cities and suburbs, with
an approximate population coverage of 50%. We expect our GPRS network to cover
the whole of our GSM coverage area by the beginning of the third quarter 2001.

TARGET KEY MARKET SEGMENTS

     We believe that providing differentiated service packages, including access
to value-added services, is a significant factor in increasing market share
within key segments of the Polish telecommunications market. Currently we offer
eight distinct post-paid tariff plans which permit subscribers to select the mix
of monthly fees, airtime charges and value-added services that best suit their
service requirements and frequency of calls. For those subscribers who do not
choose post-paid plans, we offer pre-paid services under two tariff plans that
have expanded our penetration in the cellular mass market and reduced our
exposure to credit risk and the need for
                                        14
<PAGE>   15

handset subsidies associated with the post-paid subscriber acquisition. Our
tariff structure is intended to be simple and easily understood in order to
attract new subscribers and to retain subscriber loyalty.

PROVIDE OUTSTANDING SERVICE

     We believe that high-quality customer service plays an important role in
distinguishing us from our competitors, expanding our subscriber base and
sustaining subscriber loyalty. We employ over 700 subscriber service
representatives in our customer center located in Warsaw who operate a 24 hour
toll free subscriber service hotline, including directory assistance, mobile
telephone service guidance, billing and other information. We have information
systems that immediately activate services and which enable subscribers to
migrate between different platforms. In 2000, we were awarded a number of ISO
9002 awards, including our ISO 9002 status for our customer care service, and
our hotline was chosen as the best one among Polish wireless companies by the
Polish magazine Computer World. Furthermore, we also provide subscriber support
services such as handset servicing and billing inquiries at our 63 centers
located in our retail outlets.

MANAGE CHURN AND BAD DEBTS

     Our management of subscriber churn has allowed us to maximize profitability
and cash flow. During 1998, our average monthly churn rate was 2.2%. We
calculate churn rate using widely accepted general principles (by dividing the
number of deactivations during a given period by the average subscriber base for
such period). However, during 1999, our monthly churn increased. In response we
initiated a handset upgrade program for our valued subscribers, instituted
improved credit information sharing throughout our national distribution network
and launched the first and only loyalty plan in the Polish telecommunications
sector under which long-standing subscribers benefit from awards such as Era
merchandise, free airtime and other rewards from our exclusive partners,
including LOT Polish Airlines, British Airways, Panasonic and Kodak. Following
the introduction of this program, our average monthly churn for the year ended
December 31, 2000 decreased to 2.0% from 2.5% for the year ended December 31,
1999. In addition, we aggressively pursue collections and disconnect subscribers
who pose a credit risk. We have created a proprietary credit database and have
initiated a new dealer commission structure linked to the life of each
subscriber acquisition.

MAINTAIN BRAND AWARENESS

     We have made a significant investment in our brand Era, which is one of the
most recognized brands in Poland with an aided and unaided brand awareness of
84% and 62%(3), respectively. We believe that the high-level of our brand
awareness assists us in attracting new subscribers. We believe that we have
positioned the brand to stand for high quality, responsiveness and the high
standard of service expected by business subscribers. In addition, we believe
our pre-paid service, which we operate under the brand name Tak Tak, has become
synonymous with pre-paid wireless services in Poland.

CAPITALIZE ON OUR RELATIONSHIP WITH MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS

     We have benefited from the experience, expertise and financial and
operating support of DeTeMobil, Elektrim Telekomunikacja Sp. z o.o. and MediaOne
and of their parent companies, Deutsche Telekom, Elektrim and Vivendi Universal
S.A. These companies have significant experience in either managing high growth
telecommunications ventures, building GSM networks in Europe or in implementing
large scale infrastructure projects in Poland. We have used the resources and
experience of these shareholders through the secondment of employees, the
provision of consulting services and proprietary software to design the network
as well as by benefiting from their combined purchasing power.

---------------

(3)  According to a survey conducted for us by SMG Marketing Research 2000.
                                        15
<PAGE>   16

SERVICES AND PRODUCTS

SERVICES OVERVIEW

     We offer subscribers a basic post-paid service package, consisting of
network access, call divert and forwarding, short message service, calling line
identity (clip) and voice mail, all pursuant to eight alternative tariff plans.
During 2000, we launched several solutions mainly dedicated to the business
sector. See -- Value Added Services.

     The variety in tariff plans permit subscribers to select the monthly fees,
airtime charges and value added services that best suit their service
requirements and frequency of calls. A potential subscriber commences service
upon payment of the purchase price of the handset and the subscriber identity
module ("SIM") card.

     We have reduced the activation fee from time to time, in connection with
particular promotions organized to attract subscribers. Nevertheless, our basic
activation fee remains slightly above that charged by our competitors.
Currently, we do not offer free activation or SIM cards as part of our
promotional campaigns to prevent the attraction of subscribers who are lower
service users and who may present higher credit risks than subscribers willing
to pay the full activation fee.

     Our tariff structure for services consists of a monthly service fee,
airtime charges and additional monthly charges for the use of certain value
added services. Our post-paid services are now offered through four tariff plans
for business subscribers and four tariff plans for retail subscribers that vary
the monthly service fee inversely with per minute airtime charges.

     In November 2000, we revised our strategy towards our customers and
introduced new tariff plans. We revised tariffs for both our post-paid and our
pre-paid (Tak Tak) subscribers and introduced new tariffs for business
customers. We offer services that are branded to businesses. Era Biznes is aimed
at large, medium or even one person or family firms and companies. The separate
"private offer" is presented to all individual (or "private") users and contains
both post-paid Era Moja and the pre-paid Tak Tak brands. Both Era Biznes and Era
Moja includes four tariff plans; Tak Tak includes two tariff plans.

     Changes to our tariff structure included:

     -  bundled minutes included in monthly fee for all four business post-paid
        tariffs and for three out of four private post-paid tariffs;

     -  bundled SMSs included in monthly fee for all business and private
        tariffs (for all post-paid tariffs);

     -  elimination of differences between prices for connections within our
        network and connections outside our network (for all tariffs);

     -  out-of-charge voice mail for post-paid tariffs;

     -  elimination of the peak/off-peak differentiation for all business
        tariffs; and

     -  consistent "peak hours" definition for all private tariffs (including
        pre-paid and post-paid): from 8 am to 6 pm from Monday to Friday.

     New subscribers are no longer offered old tariffs. The migration of
existing subscribers from the old tariffs to the new tariffs is expected to be a
prolonged process as old subscribers have a right to remain under the old tariff
plans. Subscribers using old tariffs are currently allowed to migrate for a flat
fee of PLN 30. Some subscribers may not migrate. We expect that the introduction
of our new tariff plans will, in the short term, affect our revenues. We
believe, however, that our new tariff plans and our accompanying marketing
strategy will eventually enhance our competitive position and help us to defend
our position as the leading supplier of wireless services in Poland.

     From launch of the new tariffs until December 31, 2000, approximately 18.8%
of our subscribers migrated to one of our new tariff plans.

                                        16
<PAGE>   17

Business Customer Tariff Plans

     At present, approximately 68% of the existing businesses registered in
Poland have at least one handset registered with us. On November 15, 2000, we
introduced four new business tariffs: Era Biznes 10, Era Biznes 45, Era Biznes
100 and Era Biznes 220. Those tariffs are designed to accommodate all companies:
large, medium, small and one-person enterprises.

     The new business tariffs introduced fixed prices per minute (with no
differences between peak and off peak hours) and cancelled price differentiation
between calls in our network and outside our network. The billing procedure
changed as well and subscribers are now charged for each commenced 30 second
interval of each call rather than for the first sixty seconds and every
subsequent commenced thirty second period of each call, regardless of the number
of seconds actually used.

     The new offer for business subscribers includes a system of rebates based
on the number of SIM cards, longevity of the subscribers as a subscriber and
monthly bill.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              ERA BIZNES     ERA BIZNES     ERA BIZNES     ERA BIZNES
                                                  10             45            100            220
                                              ----------     ----------     ----------     ----------
<S>                                           <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
Subscription fee (PLN per month)..........       29.90          59.90          99.90         199.90
Free minutes included in the subscription
  fee (minutes per month).................          10             45            100            220
Free SMS package included in the
  subscription fee (messages per month)...           5             10             20             40
Domestic calls to all operators (PLN per
  minute).................................        1.35           1.10           0.85           0.59
Roaming calls for Era subscribers.........                  Foreign operator rate +15%
SMS fee (PLN per message).................        0.50           0.50           0.50           0.50
Percentage of total subscribers...........         1.2            1.3            1.6            1.2
</TABLE>

Retail Customer Tariff Plans

     We introduced new retail subscribers tariffs: Moja, Moja 10, Moja 45 and
Moja 100. These tariffs were designed for all subscribers that joined our
network after November 15, 2000 and existing subscribers may migrate to these
tariffs.

     The differences between old and new tariff plans principally relate to
charges on calls within our network or outside our network. In the new tariff
plans, there is no difference in price between the two, with the peak time set
from 8 am to 6 pm.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                ERA MOJA      ERA MOJA      ERA MOJA
                                                  ERA MOJA         10            45           100
                                                 ----------    ----------    ----------    ----------
<S>                                              <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
Subscription fee (PLN per month).............       19.90         29.90         59.90         99.90
Free minutes included in subscription fee
  (minutes per month)........................           0            10            45           100
Free SMS's included in subscription fee
  (messages per month).......................           5             5            10            20
Domestic calls to all operators (PLN per
  minute):
  8.00 am -- 6.00 pm (Monday-Friday).........        1.95          1.75          1.35          1.00
  6.00 pm -- 8.00 am (Monday-Friday),
     Saturday, Sunday and holidays...........        0.85          0.65          0.60          0.60
Roaming calls for Era subscribers............                 Foreign operator rate +15%
SMS fee (PLN per message)....................        0.50          0.50          0.50          0.50
Percentage of total subscribers..............         2.7           6.9           3.1           0.8
</TABLE>

     Due to the relatively low average household income in Poland (less than PLN
2,000 per month), we believe that many of our subscribers, including medium- and
high-volume users, prefer to enrol in a tariff plan with a lower monthly service
charge. We believe that a certain number of our Era Moja subscribers will
migrate to one of the Moja 10, Moja 45 or Moja 100 plans as they become
accustomed to our services.

                                        17
<PAGE>   18

     The substantial majority of our subscribers continue to use our older
tariff rates, which are summarized in the table below.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           AIRTIME                 AIRTIME
                                                     TARIFF RATES(1) --      TARIFF RATES(1) --
                                          MONTHLY        OUTSIDE ERA             WITHIN ERA
                                          SERVICE   ---------------------   ---------------------
TARIFF PACKAGE                              FEE       PEAK      OFF-PEAK      PEAK      OFF-PEAK      NIGHT
--------------                            -------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------
                                           (PLN)    (PLN/MIN)   (PLN/MIN)   (PLN/MIN)   (PLN/MIN)   (PLN/MIN)
<S>                                       <C>       <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
Hello...................................   19.90      2.39        0.89        1.74        0.74        0.24
White...................................   39.90      1.69        0.89        1.54        0.74        0.24
Plain and Simple........................   59.90      1.00        1.00        1.00        1.00        0.24
Blue....................................   89.90      1.09        0.59        0.94        0.44        0.24
Navy Blue...............................  129.90      0.89        0.49        0.74        0.34        0.24
VIP.....................................  199.90      0.55        0.55        0.55        0.55        0.24
</TABLE>

---------------

(1) These subscribers pay for the first minute of each call regardless of the
    call's length and then for each thirty-second interval (or portion thereof)
    thereafter.

Pre-paid Services

     Since June 1998, we have offered a pre-paid GSM service package under the
brand name Era Tak Tak. This pre-paid service enables our subscribers to take
advantage of a GSM service without paying a monthly subscription fee or entering
into a contract. Our Tak Tak pre-paid service is designed to appeal to those who
want to limit the amount they spend on their mobile calls. We offer two types of
pre-paid tariff services: "Ja i Ty" or "You and Me", which provides a 15%
discount to our subscribers for up to two of their favorite destination numbers;
and "Caly Dzien" or "All Day", which provides our subscribers with a flat per
minute price all day and a lower more competitive price on calls from 6 pm to 8
am. We believe that Tak Tak has become synonymous with pre-paid cellular service
in Poland.

     Customers choosing a pre-paid service can purchase either a SIM pack, the
prices of which start at approximately PLN 99 (which consists of a SIM card,
required to open a pre-paid account, with a stored value of PLN 50) or the
pre-paid bundle pack (which consists of a handset and a SIM pack) for
approximately PLN 199 to PLN 499 depending on the handset chosen. Our
subscribers can then purchase pre-paid vouchers of different denominations and
validity periods. Pre-paid vouchers are sold in all of our company retail stores
and in over 2000 other outlets, including national news stands, gas stations,
ATM's, own stores and through Era branded dealers. If the pre-paid account is
not topped up with a new voucher within a twelve-month period, the pre-paid
account expires and any remaining balance is forfeited. As of December 31, 2000,
our total subscriber base included 770,254 Tak Tak subscribers.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    CALY
                                                                JA I TY             DZIEN
                                                                -------             -----
                                                                      (PLN/MINUTE)
<S>                                                             <C>        <C>      <C>
Local calls to all operators:
  8.00 am - 6.00 pm (Monday - Friday).......................      1.99               1.49
  6.00 pm - 8.00 am (Monday - Friday), Saturday, Sunday and
     holidays...............................................      0.99               1.49
EraWAP
  8.00 am - 6.00 pm (Monday - Friday).......................                0.48
  6.00 pm - 8.00 am (Monday - Friday), Saturday, Sunday and
     holidays...............................................                0.34
Percentage of total subscribers.............................     56.8%              43.2%
</TABLE>

VALUE ADDED SERVICES

     In addition to providing basic GSM telecommunications services, we also
provide call divert and voice mail to all subscribers of our basic services, and
voice mail to all our pre-paid subscribers. Our subscribers pay only for the
additional airtime used in accessing the call divert service. We also provide
additional value added services, and are developing new services to meet the
needs of the evolving Polish market and to create new

                                        18
<PAGE>   19

revenue streams. Eranet, our Internet service, combines Internet access with an
email address that delivers messages directly to our subscriber's handset. Fax
and data services are available for an additional monthly fee, and short message
service is charged per message with the exception of INFO Era, which is a short
message service information service charged on a monthly basis. During 2000, we
launched several additional services mainly aimed at the business sector. These
include:

     -  Wireless Terminals connect credit card point of sale, or POS, terminals
        to authorization centres over the Era network instead of over fixed
        telephone lines. This allows credit card payments to be transacted in
        front of the customer, improving fraud security.

     -  GSM Office provides several wireless services including free internal
        calls and wireless connections in specially equipped buildings.

     -  VPN GSM allows our subscribers to set up virtual private networks within
        our network. The VPN GSM solution allows management of every user's
        permissions, 50% cheaper calls within a private network and shorter 3-6
        digit telephone numbers for private network users.

     -  FCT routes calls from fixed-line subscribers to our subscribers directly
        through our network without a requirement to interconnect with
        third-party fixed-line providers, thereby omitting interconnection
        charges and reducing overall costs.

     -  SMS Supera allows the sending of SMSs to a group of pre-defined mobile
        phone numbers at once.

     -  Fax Mailbox is an additional fee-free feature for Fax, Data and Voice
        Message System, or VMS, services. It is useful for subscribers who
        cannot receive incoming faxes, because they are unreachable or their
        phone is turned off. In these cases, the incoming fax is saved in the
        Fax Mailbox and is ready to forward to any fax machine later.

     Subscribers of our regular plans may purchase these services separately.

     All value added services have been grouped into the four categories below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DLA WYGODNYCH              DLA WSZECHSTRONNYCH         DLA CIEKAWYCH         DLA ZAAWANSOWANYCH
-------------            -----------------------  -----------------------  ----------------------
<S>                      <C>                      <C>                      <C>
Voice mail               Call waiting                                      Eranet electronic mail
Incoming call            Call suspension (call
identification (CLIP)    hold)
call line
identification
presentation
Own number presentation  Conference call          Text-based information   Fax transmission
blockade (CLIR) call                              service (SMS)
line identification
restriction
Call forwarding          Call barring                                      Data transmission
                         Detailed bill (for
                         business tariffs only)
</TABLE>

     The Dla Wygodnych or "Convenient" package is free to all business and
retail subscribers. The Dla Wszechstronnych or "Comprehensive" package is free
for all business, Moja 10, Moja 45 and Moja 100 subscribers. The Dla Ciekawych
or "Curious" package is free for Era Biznes 100 and Era Biznes 220 subscribers,
while the rest of our subscribers have to pay PLN 8 per month. The Dla
Zaawansowanych or "Advanced" package costs PLN 20 per month.

     As the market for GSM services develops over time, we intend to introduce
additional value added services.

                                        19
<PAGE>   20

HANDSETS AND ACCESSORIES

     We sell handsets and accessories separately from GSM services. Subscribers
may also purchase a SIM card either with or without a handset. We sell a variety
of handsets ranging from the basic to the most advanced models manufactured by
some of the world's leading suppliers, including Alcatel, Ericsson, Motorola,
Nokia, Panasonic and Siemens. In connection with certain promotions, we offer
reduced price handsets that can only be used on our own network. The accessories
we offer are priced competitively and are designed to enhance the convenience
and functionality of a subscriber's handset, including carrying cases,
batteries, car kits and recharging equipment. See Item 5. Operating and
Financial Review and Prospects -- Financial Review -- Factors Affecting
Expenditures -- Cost of Sales.

     We do not expect to achieve positive overall margins on handset sales, as
these are often subsidized in order to attract subscribers. See "Marketing and
Distribution -- Marketing Activities". Certain discounted handsets sold during a
promotion are configured so as to accept only Era SIM cards (a "SIM lock"). We
intend to use SIM locks only to recoup the discounted cost of the handset and
enable subscribers to unlock the handset on request in order to permit its use
on other networks once we have recovered the discounted cost.

     We believe that the prominent position of our major shareholders within the
cellular telecommunications market provides us with a substantial benefit when
negotiating with handset suppliers.

INTERNATIONAL ROAMING

     Our digital wireless network currently uses GSM technology. GSM is the
world's most widely used digital wireless technology, with more than 452 million
users in more than 162 countries as of December 31, 2000. Because GSM is a
standardized technology used throughout most of Europe and internationally, our
subscribers can make and receive calls outside their home calling area in other
countries that also operate a cellular telecommunications network on the GSM
standard. As of December 31, 2000, we had entered into 162 international roaming
agreements with GSM operators in 81 countries. The agreements cover all of the
principal countries in Europe. In general, these international roaming
agreements provide that when our subscribers use the services of a corresponding
GSM network operator in another country, we are responsible for payments of
charges for those services used in accordance with the corresponding GSM network
operator's tariff. We pass these charges through to the relevant subscriber,
together with an additional surcharge of 15%.

     Currently, we receive relatively small amounts of revenue from charges for
roaming calls. Although we expect these revenues to increase along with the
network and subscriber base, we do not expect overall revenues from charges for
roaming calls to be material to overall results of operations. See Item 5.
Operating and Financial Review and Prospects -- Financial Review -- Factors
Affecting Revenues.

BILLING AND SUBSCRIBER MANAGEMENT

     The integrity and flexibility of our billing and subscriber management
system are important components of our strategy of providing efficient and
responsive subscriber service. It also allows us to generate accurate and timely
subscriber information and analysis. DeTeMobil and its affiliates supervised the
installation of our billing and subscriber management system. DeTeMobil and its
affiliates continue to provide us with operational training and technical
support, while we cooperate on sales and purchases of goods.

     Our subscribers are billed on a monthly basis and may pay their bills
either at our retail stores, banks or post offices or through direct debit
services. We also use data obtained from our billing system to generate a
subscriber lifetime value profile for each of our subscribers. This contributes
to the development of our different tariff packages and the measurement of the
effectiveness of our promotional and advertising campaigns, which we then use in
developing our new services and marketing strategies.

     As in other emerging-market countries, Poland does not have a nationwide
credit bureau for individuals, and it is difficult to verify the
creditworthiness of potential subscribers. We do, however, have an internal
credit risk management team that conducts credit checks on our new subscribers,
primarily by verifying addresses and through bank references, and we are in the
process of developing a credit risk profile model. We have also created a
proprietary credit database and use our billing system to generate subscriber
usage reports on subscribers that
                                        20
<PAGE>   21

have exceeded pre-assigned credit limits or have failed to pay their bill. Based
on these reports, our credit and risk management team can contact subscribers,
and depending on the circumstances, a subscriber's service may be deactivated.
We also provide independent dealers and retail stores with weekly electronic
subscriber management reports. Additionally, our dealer commission structure is
linked to the life of each subscriber acquisition. Overall, we pursue
collections aggressively and disconnect subscribers who pose a credit risk.

     We aim to effectively manage our subscriber churn in order to maximize
profitability and cash flows. We calculate churn rate using widely accepted
general principles (by dividing the number of deactivations during a given
period by the average subscriber base for such period). Since the beginning of
1997, our average monthly churn rate has been 2.4%. However, during the fourth
quarter of 1998 and the first quarter of 1999, our monthly churn rate increased.
In response, we initiated a handset upgrade program for valued subscribers,
instituted improved credit information sharing throughout the national
distribution network, and launched the first loyalty plan in the Polish
telecommunications sector. Under our subscriber loyalty program, our
long-standing subscribers benefit from awards such as Era merchandise, free
airtime and other rewards from our exclusive partners, which include LOT Polish
Airlines, British Airways, Panasonic and Kodak. Our average monthly churn rate
was 2.0% in 2000.

MARKETING AND DISTRIBUTION

     Our marketing and distribution efforts are designed to develop brand
leadership for Era, including Tak Tak, and to enable us to target specific
segments of the Polish telecommunications market, particularly those subscriber
profiles with high subscriber lifetime values. Currently, we target the
professional and business segments with post-paid products and the mass market
with pre-paid products.

MARKETING ACTIVITIES

     Our marketing efforts are currently focused on potential subscribers who
are likely to recognize the enhancements in productivity that may result from
having a mobile phone, and others who are unable to otherwise access wireline
telephony because of the relatively long waiting times for telephone
installation common in Poland. Our primary target markets for GSM services are
small-to-medium-size businesses, professionals and large corporations who
generally use tariff plans consistent with high volume usage and also
high-volume private subscribers. We seek to attract business and private
subscribers by providing certain value added services, including call waiting
and conference call facilities, free of charge.

     We have used extensive national advertising campaigns to create awareness
and to promote the benefits of subscribing to an Era service. We advertise
primarily through television advertising and also use print media, billboards
and radio advertising. The brand name Era GSM was selected after an extensive
name search and customer research program because it is short and easy to
remember. In February 2001, we changed our brand name to Era as we are now a
holder of the UMTS License as well as a GSM operator. We have also developed the
product name Tak Tak to promote our pre-paid services. In October 1999, we
launched a consumer loyalty program called "Stokrotka" or "Gratitude," which was
the first major such program of its kind offered in the telecommunications
industry in Poland. This campaign is designed to provide our subscribers with
incentives based on usage, payment and longevity. Modelled on airline mileage
award programs, our subscribers are awarded benefits such as Era merchandise and
free cellular airtime.

     We also believe that demand for GSM services in Poland is stimulated by
promotional campaigns which offer reduced prices for GSM services and
accessories. We have engaged in such campaigns from time to time, offering
handsets at reduced prices and reduced activation fees during specific periods.
In general, however, we avoid promotional techniques such as providing free
airtime or waiving activation or monthly fees, because we believe that these
types of incentives tend to attract passive or inactive subscribers as well as
subscribers who are higher credit risks.

     Subscribers who purchase services as a result of a promotional campaign may
not cancel their subscriptions until the expiration of a minimum period
(generally two years), unless the subscriber pays us an additional amount equal
to the discount he or she received on the full cost of their handset. Other
subscribers may cancel their subscriptions upon one month's notice to us without
charge.
                                        21
<PAGE>   22

DISTRIBUTION CHANNELS

     We have established distribution channels through a number of independent
dealers and our own retail stores and sales force.

     In the fourth quarter of 2000, we restructured our Strategy, Marketing and
Sales department. This department is now divided into a business customer
division and a retail customer division to better meet market needs and to be
able to adapt distribution channels to the market segments.

     Our largest distribution channel is our network of 28 independent dealers
(as of December 31, 2000) that is operated through 965 outlets, consisting
primarily of retail stores. In addition to our services and products, these
dealers typically sell other products, such as cameras and office automation
equipment. During 2000, our dealers accounted for approximately 68% of basic
services subscribers acquired by us during the same period. We generally enter
into an agreement with each of our dealers which provides that the dealer will
not market or sell telecommunications services of our competitors. Our ability
to enforce this provision may be limited by the terms of our GSM Licenses and
Polish anti-monopoly regulation. Our dealer agreements generally have no
predetermined term and may be cancelled by either party at any time subject to
three months' notice.

     We pay our dealers a commission based on the number of new subscribers
acquired and a bonus for acquiring subscribers in excess of quarterly targets
established by us. We retain the right to "claw back" a certain percentage of
the commission paid to a dealer to the extent that a subscriber does not remain
an active service user during a period of up to six months after activation. We
established a Partnership Incentive Plan to award dealers that achieve high
volumes of activations per point of sale and are timely with payments to us for
product and activation sales. The Partnership Incentive Plan provides for
increased commissions and additional bonuses to our dealers. We also offer our
dealers a cooperative advertising plan whereby we pay a portion of the dealer's
cost of advertising.

     We provide our dealers with handsets during promotions at a price slightly
lower than the promotion price. Those handsets that remain unsold at the end of
a promotion may be returned to us. We also cooperate with dealers to increase
our brand awareness by providing them with ancillary point of sale materials,
event financing, packaging, brochures and promotional stands.

     Our retail distribution channels currently consist of 63 owned retail
stores. These stores are located in the central, high traffic areas of Polish
cities and only sell our cellular services, handsets and ancillary products. Our
employees at the retail stores are paid a salary, plus commissions based on the
number of activations they sell. We believe that our retail stores are a
valuable promotional vehicle for our services and products, offering a wider
range of customer services and support than those offered by our dealers at the
relevant point of sale. Each of our retail stores has customer service staff
capable of immediately activating a new subscriber as well as responding to
billing and other inquiries from our current subscribers. We also provide
handset servicing in the retail stores, including providing our subscribers with
temporary replacement handsets in the event that the broken handset is returned
to the manufacturer for repair.

     We believe that our direct sales force provides an important resource to
our strategy of increasing the proportion of our subscribers using business
tariff plans, as well as attracting higher usage customers. Our direct sales
force has 93 representatives responsible for the acquisition and servicing of
our major business accounts. Our representatives are paid a base salary plus a
commission for each new activation.

     During 2000, our direct sales channel and own shops accounted for 32% of
the total number of new basic services subscribers acquired by us during the
same period.

     We believe that our retail sales and direct sales forces, by offering
higher quality service, can achieve a higher level of sales to high-volume
subscribers than our dealers, and in the case of our direct sales force, a more
focused marketing effort on desirable major accounts.

                                        22
<PAGE>   23

NETWORK AND FACILITIES

NETWORK INFRASTRUCTURE

     Assisted by our internal engineering specialists, DeTeMobil employees
designed and planned our network infrastructure and utilized DeTeMobil's
proprietary cell site planning software to do so. We now rely on our internal
engineering employees to operate and maintain our network. Components,
subsystems and interfaces constituting our network are supplied on a turnkey
basis by Alcatel, Ericsson and Siemens.

     Our infrastructure of cellular networks is based upon the division of the
geographical area covered by our network into a number of cells that have
diameters ranging from a few hundred meters to up to 30 kilometers. Each cell
contains one or more transceivers at a base transmission station ("BTS") that
communicate by radio signal with active cellular subscribers in the cell.
Transmissions between cellular telephones and BTSs generally cover no more than
the diameter of the cell, and therefore can be made at relatively low power. In
a GSM cellular network, the BTSs installed in each cell are connected to base
station controllers ("BSCs"), which in turn, are connected to a mobile switching
center. MSCs are connected to other MSCs in the same network and to other fixed
and cellular networks. MSCs control the routing (and call record) of calls and
allow cellular telephone users to move freely from cell to cell while continuing
calls. Connections between BTSs, BSCs and MSCs consist of transmission lines,
including fiber optic cables, copper cables and microwave links.

     At December 31, 2000, our GSM network comprised the Base Station Subsystem
of 4,104 Base Stations and 115 Base Station Controllers; 25 Mobile Switching
Centers and the Operations and Maintenance Subsystem and the Network Management
Center, both of which are located in Warsaw and enable us to centrally manage
and coordinate network operations and maintenance. From our Network Management
Center in Warsaw, we monitor service provided by our network. To mitigate the
effects of potential switching failures or failures of other network elements,
we have installed back-up equipment and have constructed alternative routes
between our critical network elements. As of December 31, 2000, our network
covered approximately 93.6% of the geographic area of Poland representing
approximately 98.6% of the total Polish population.

     We hold nationwide GSM Licenses to operate in the 900 MHz bandwidth
(license granted February 1996) and in the 1800 MHz bandwidth (license granted
in August 1999). The increase in available bandwidth provided through the 1800
MHz license has created significant additional capacity for both our voice and
data services. We were also granted a UMTS License on December 20, 2000, which
will allow us to offer UMTS services.

     The smaller cell radius of GSM 1800 requires a larger amount of network
equipment and generally raises the cost of operating such a system relative to a
GSM 900 system, particularly in rural areas. Although we have commenced
operations of our GSM 1800 service in March 2000, we are rolling out this
service selectively. This network is primarily intended to serve urban, densely
populated areas and other areas of high telephone usage, in which our GSM 900
network already features a high density of BTSs and relatively small cell sizes.
Calls are switched between our GSM 900 and 1800 networks to maximize capacity
and efficiency, our subscribers do not notice any difference or experience
interruption as calls are switched between the networks by their dual-mode GSM
900/1800 handsets.

     Several transmission lines for GSM network connections between BTSs, BSCs
and MSCs have been leased from TPSA. In order to reduce dependence on TPSA, we
have built out our own SDH microwave backbone network. Our SDH microwave
backbone network connects the major centers served by our GSM networks, and will
reduce but not eliminate our need for leased lines from TPSA. The initial phase
of the roll-out of our SDH microwave backbone network was completed in the first
quarter of 2001, and is continuing. We believe that our network is the biggest
of its kind in Poland, allowing us to achieve two-way transmission speed of 155
megabits per second. As of December 31, 2000, the network consisted of 13 long
distance links with a length of 2,600 km connecting 12 cities where our MSCs are
located. We expect that by June 2001 the number of links will increase to 18,
and that the length of the network will increase to more than 3,500 km.

     A centralized management system, supported by maintenance services of the
most important nodes in the network, is aimed at guaranteeing the reliability of
the network.

                                        23
<PAGE>   24

     We anticipate that our UMTS network equipment will principally consist of
air-interface equipment: base stations, or Node Bs, Radio Network Controllers,
or RNCs, and Mobile Switching Centers, MSCs. In order to carry the additional
data traffic and provide the additional services made possible by the high data
rate capabilities of the air interface, additional investments in other parts of
the network that would be necessary for GSM include: expanded data transmission
capacity, IP routers and/or Asynchronous Transfer Mode, or ATM, switching for
data service connections, additional Intelligent Networking (IN) equipment,
Application Servers and additional billing capabilities.

     Under the terms of our UMTS License, we must begin commercial service using
the UMTS frequencies between 1 January 2003 and 31 December 2003. To meet this
obligation and in order to be ready to support our strategy of providing a high
quality network offering the most advanced services, we currently intend to
begin testing UMTS network equipment in cooperation with our key suppliers late
in 2001 and then entering into commercial agreements for the purchase,
installation and integration of UMTS start-up networks during 2002.

     These plans can be affected adversely by any delay in equipment supply on
the part of any one or more of our key suppliers. In order to offer seamless
UMTS, GPRS and GSM services during 2003, we expect to work closely with our key
suppliers and integrate the new UMTS network equipment into our overall network
architecture. Once the new equipment is successfully integrated and new
multi-mode GSM 900/1800/GPRS/ UMTS hand-sets are available, we expect to offer
our UMTS subscribers seamless services supporting voice traffic and data
services and we expect to be able to switch between different air interfaces
offering the highest quality and transmission speeds at our subscribers'
specific locations.

     Integration of our UMTS network into our existing network may be further
complicated by the fact that we cooperate with three major infrastructure
suppliers on our GSM standards (Alcatel, Ericsson and Siemens). We may select
our UMTS supplier from one or more of these companies and/or choose to introduce
additional suppliers. We believe, however, that by relying on a variety of
suppliers, given the uncertainty over UMTS delivery schedules, we mitigate the
risk of the late delivery of equipment. One of our competitors has one major
supplier and the other has three major suppliers, one of which (Ericsson) is
also one of our suppliers.

     The exact timing, size and scope of our UMTS roll-out will depend on a
number of factors including:

     -  availability of equipment in terms of functionality and quantity;

     -  availability of handsets;

     -  uptake of higher bandwidth services by our subscribers. We anticipate
        that the higher the bandwidth requirements, the closer together we would
        be required to build our UMTS base stations and therefore the higher our
        capital investment requirements would be;

     -  competitive pressure to compete on coverage of UMTS quality services
        (compared to the slower GPRS data transmission standard that will be
        available in geographic areas covered by GSM but not by UMTS);

     -  the timing of the Polish military in meeting its obligations to vacate
        existing frequencies to be used by our UMTS network;

     -  the business plan of any fourth new entrant into the Polish mobile
        telephony market and any subsequent new entrant (which is not currently
        foreseen by the Polish Government) and any rights which they may be
        given by the OTR to use the GSM networks of their competitors; and

     -  voice traffic demands currently being satisfied through GSM.

     Once UMTS equipment becomes commercially available, we intend to focus more
on capital investment in UMTS technologies and simultaneously significantly
reduce our annual rate of investment in the existing GSM 900 and GSM 1800
technologies. In particular, capacity extensions required to support our
increasing subscriber base can be provided in areas where UMTS is rolled out by
UMTS equipment. From the fourth quarter 2002 onwards, we expect to see a
significant shift in our capital expenditure from GSM to UMTS standards while
the overall levels of capital investment will continue at current or higher
levels until the UMTS geographical roll-out is completed.
                                        24
<PAGE>   25

NETWORK QUALITY

     Our network has been designed to provide comprehensive high-density
coverage in major urban centers within Poland. The high density of coverage in
urban areas, which results from using cells of approximately one kilometer in
diameter as opposed to cells of approximately 30 kilometers in diameter in rural
areas, enables subscribers to receive and make wireless transmissions anywhere
within those urban areas, including inside buildings. We believe that our
ability to provide indoor reception and transmission in major urban areas is a
significant advantage in the Polish cellular telecommunications market. We also
believe that our focus on high-density coverage in urban areas at the early
stage of our network development has been more economical than attempting to
increase density of coverage in these locations at a later stage.

     We regularly monitor our network and attempt to alleviate congestion by
adding BTSs where necessary. In addition, our network is regularly monitored by
external companies. According to an audit conducted by ASCOM, an independent
Swiss-based telecommunications network quality research company, for May 2000
that covered the eight largest cities and ten biggest routes in Poland, the
ratio of dropped calls on our network (the percentage of calls not completed or
involuntarily terminated because all circuits are busy or because access to our
network is unavailable, as measured between 8 am and 10 pm Monday through
Friday) was approximately 4.6%. The dropped call rate depends both on the
performance our network and, to the extent a call is initiated or terminated in
another network, on the performance of that other network. We are unable to
accurately estimate the dropped call rate for calls transferred from one of our
own mobile switching centers to a wireline subscriber. The additional capacity
granted under our GSM 1800 License further alleviate congestion on our network,
which decreased our dropped call rate. Additionally, in 1999, we were awarded
ISO 9002 status for the operational quality of our Network Management Center's
monitoring activities.

CELL SITE PLANNING

     Cell site planning, which we historically carried out jointly with our
major suppliers, is now principally done internally. Our design for network
coverage is determined with the aid of a specialized software package developed
by DeTeMobil. In 1997, we entered into an agreement with DeTeMobil governing our
continued use of this software. The agreement provides for an automatic annual
renewal unless terminated by either party after giving three months notice.

     In 2000 we were further awarded with ISO 9002 status for our GSM Network
Strategic Planning.

NETWORK CONSTRUCTION

     As of December 31, 2000, our GSM 900 network covered 93.6% of Poland's
geography and 98.6% of Poland's population. We have established a project
management team that reviews the progress of our GSM 900 network build-out on a
monthly basis to ensure that the pace of the build-out is sufficient to meet the
requirements of our GSM 900 License. In addition, with each of our major
suppliers, we have entered into contracts of intent relating to network
equipment purchases for 2000 and a portion of 2001. These arrangements
contemplate that the suppliers will receive financial incentives for achieving
certain targets related to the schedule for our network build-out.

     We commenced our GSM 1800 operations in March 2000. There is only one
requirement in our GSM 1800 License relating to achieving specified levels of
population or geographic coverage. Under the terms of our GSM 1800 License we
must achieve combined geographic coverage by both of our GSM 900 and 1800
networks, taken together, of 90% by June 2004. Our GSM 900 License requires
84.9% GSM 900 geographic coverage by the end of 2000, and we met this
requirement at the beginning of 2000. Since the achievement of required coverage
is less pressing under our GSM 1800 License, we are rolling out our GSM 1800
network selectively, choosing areas most in need of the higher capacity afforded
by such networks. The costs of further construction of our networks will thus
become primarily "variable" costs rather than "fixed" costs, as decisions to
expand will be driven principally by increases in call volume, rather than the
need to meet license requirements.

     UMTS operates on the 2 GHz band and therefore the radio signals emitted
from the Node-Bs and handsets exhibit somewhat weaker propagation
characteristics than GSM 1800 signals. Accordingly, significantly more
                                        25
<PAGE>   26

base stations are required to provide signal coverage of a given geographical
area with UMTS than with GSM 1800. Nonetheless, we believe that we can
reconfigure a high proportion of existing GSM 900 and GSM 1800 sites in urban
areas to provide high quality UMTS coverage. This is because the regular
occurrence of tall buildings limits the ability of network designers to provide
capacity and coverage with GSM networks without limiting the range of the
signals emitted by the base stations. Accordingly, a substantial proportion of
the sites needed for GSM coverage (once traffic levels are high) may be used for
UMTS. Our network designers intend to reuse as many existing GSM sites as
possible in order to reduce the time to roll-out the network, capital investment
costs to find and adapt sites and to build towers and reduce operating costs by
minimising site rental costs.

     In less built-up areas, we believe that UMTS coverage will require
significantly more sites than GSM 1800 coverage. Once we have achieved our
license requirements, the key factor that would drive us to invest in coverage
of such areas will be the take up of UMTS services requiring the higher
bandwidth afforded by UMTS relative to GPRS. Our marketing teams will set the
priorities for expanding coverage and we expect to balance the incremental
revenues available from the additional service capabilities and higher quality
against the high capital investment requirements and additional operating
expenditure requirements. However, as we aim to compete on quality and range of
services, to some extent our coverage strategy will be driven by the actions of
our competitors in expanding their coverage. We therefore expect to maintain at
least the same coverage as our competitors while this strategy continues to meet
our commercial and financial targets.

MAINTENANCE OF THE NETWORK

     Each of our network supply agreements provide that the supplier is
obligated to provide maintenance, spare parts and relevant upgrades for the
software and hardware supplied under such agreements for a period of 15 years
following the date of our commercial acceptance of the relevant component. The
suppliers warrant equipment for 24 months from the date of acceptance and
provide maintenance training to our employees. With respect to software, each
supplier is required to:

     -  take action to remedy any defect or malfunction in the software provided
        within four hours of the occurrence of a defect or malfunction, or
        reimburse us for the services of a third party;

     -  provide a help desk to support us;

     -  release upgrades or updates for its software to us; and

     -  cooperate with us on the management of release procedures for its
        software.

     With respect to hardware, each supplier is required to:

     -  make replacement parts available to us at market rates;

     -  repair and replace parts of our network pursuant to either a monthly
        account with us or compensation on a case by case basis; and

     -  make us aware of and offer to provide us such enhancements, upgrades and
        evolutionary improvements to hardware in our network.

SUPPLIERS

     Ericsson and Siemens designed, manufactured, delivered, installed,
commissioned and prepared our GSM network, including mobile switching centers,
base stations and base station controllers, operation support systems and cross-
connect systems equipment. These suppliers now provide maintenance and repair
services for our network, and we intend to utilize these suppliers, together
with Alcatel, to provide new equipment necessary for our GSM 1800 network and
the completion of the final stages of our GSM 900 network. We believe, however,
that there are a number of other companies capable of supplying GSM network
equipment, given the compatibility and interchangeability of equipment among
different vendors ensured by GSM standard specifications.

                                        26
<PAGE>   27

     We currently intend to begin testing UMTS network equipment in cooperation
with our key suppliers late in 2001 and then entering into commercial agreements
for the purchase, installation and integration of UMTS start-up networks during
2002.

     During 2001, we expect to commence offering GPRS standards. GPRS enables
conventional GSM infrastructure to support higher data transmission speeds on a
GSM network. GPRS requires additional investment in the GSM network, primarily
in the form of new network software but with some hardware upgrades. We expect
our subscribers using GPRS handsets to benefit from higher and extended Internet
access and delivery speeds than that offered by GSM. GPRS is a service that
operators worldwide are developing and that is expected to be compatible with
UMTS. Many operators believe that GPRS is a relatively inexpensive way of
developing, marketing and testing customer demand for third generation services.

     The three Polish mobile operators are all in the process of rolling out
GPRS network upgrades. However, the commercial availability of GPRS depends on
the adequate availability of GPRS compatible handsets. GPRS compatible handset
suppliers are currently expecting to have sufficient quantities available by the
second half of 2001. We expect to begin offering commercial GPRS services during
the second half of 2001. Initially, the operators are expected to focus GPRS
services to premium business subscribers.

     To encourage use of GPRS, operators are expected to heavily subsidize GPRS
handsets in order to ensure that their premium subscribers do not migrate
because of their competitors' special offers. We believe that GPRS represents an
excellent bridge in developing the core competencies necessary to be a
successful UMTS operator and represents an opportunity to mitigate the many
risks associated with UMTS prior to our committing substantial resources to our
UMTS roll-out in late 2002.

THE LICENSES

GSM 900 LICENSE TERMS

General

     Following a competitive tender, on February 23, 1996, we received a license
which granted us:

     -  a concession to provide telecommunications services according to
        European telecommunications GSM standards in the 900 MHz frequency band;

     -  a permit to install and use GSM network equipment;

     -  an allocation of 37 channels within the 900 MHz frequency band; and

     -  an allocation of telephone numbers with the prefix 602 and 604 (and
        subsequently 600 and 608 were added).

Fees

     We are required to pay to the Polish government a fee equal to the Zloty
equivalent of E217,731,831 for our GSM 900 concession. This fee is payable in
six installments with the first installment due upon the grant of the license
and one installment on each March 31 thereafter. We paid E101,494,831 of this
fee in 1996, E1,980,000 on March 31, 1997, E8,107,000 on March 31, 1998,
E15,730,000 on March 31, 1999, E34,320,000 on March 31, 2000 and E56,100,000 on
March 31, 2001. See Notes 19 and 20 to the Financial Statements for the period
ended December 31, 2000 and Notes 18 and 19 to the Financial Statements for the
year ended December 31, 1999. In addition, we are required to pay to the Polish
State Radiocommunication Agency an annual fee for each of the permit and
frequency allocation in an amount that is determined under the ordinance of the
Ministry of Finance and the Ministry of Communications. This amount was set at
PLN 2,368,000 for the first year of operation (following the award of our GSM
900 License), PLN 3,872,000 for the second year, PLN 3,990,000 for the third
year and PLN 4,500,000 for each of the following years.

     In addition, we are required to pay an initial fee of PLN 500 for the
permit and frequency allocation for each base station and PLN 250 for any
changes in this permission. We are also obligated to pay a fixed annual fee of
PLN 160 for each of the channels used by each base station.
                                        27
<PAGE>   28

Term

     Our GSM 900 License was issued for a term of fifteen years and allows us to
apply for an extension for an agreed period one year prior to its expiration
date. Our GSM 900 License is not transferable. Therefore, any transfer of
business would require a revocation and reissuance of our GSM 900 License. In
addition, the approval of the Ministry of Communications is required in the
event that an acquisition of our shares or any rights to our shares by a single
entity would, together with any shares or rights currently held by that entity,
result in that entity having rights to an ownership percentage of our shares in
excess of 10%, 25%, 33% or 50%, respectively.

     Under the terms of our GSM 900 License, we are not entitled to request
additional frequency until five years after the commencement of commercial
operations and we must comply with the terms and conditions of our GSM 900
License. In November 1997, however, the Ministry of Communications allocated to
us eight additional channels.

License Conditions

     Our GSM 900 License is subject to a number of commercial and technical
conditions. While Polish law provides that our GSM 900 License may be revoked or
limited in the event that we fail to meet any of these conditions, we believe
that we are currently in material compliance with all of our GSM 900 License
conditions.

     Our GSM 900 License contains certain coverage and technical criteria,
including a requirement that the dropped call rate not exceed 5% during peak
hours and that we attain geographical coverage of 63.4%, 79.6%, 84.2% and 84.9%
and population coverage of 73.1%, 90.1%, 94.8% and 95.6% by the end of 1997,
1998, 1999 and 2000, respectively. We have met these coverage requirements for
each year.

     Our GSM 900 License requires us to provide certain emergency connections
free of charge and to provide certain priority services to Polish governmental
entities.

     Our GSM 900 License generally requires us to comply with certain
competition and anti-monopoly rules currently in force in Poland. Our GSM 900
License also specifically prohibits exclusive arrangements with "service
providers". We believe, however, that our dealers are not "service providers" as
the term is used in our GSM 900 License with reference to airtime providers, and
therefore, our exclusive contracts with our dealers do not constitute a
violation of our GSM 900 License conditions. See "-- Marketing and
Distribution".

     In its original form, our GSM 900 License prohibited the establishment of
transmission links between elements of our GSM network and required us to lease
transmission lines from TPSA. Our GSM 900 License also prohibited any form of
interconnection between our network and other wireless networks including
wireless networks outside Poland, without using TPSA's transmission lines. On
January 17, 1997, however, pursuant to a complaint from the Polish Ombudsman,
the Polish Supreme Administrative Court repealed these prohibitions on the
grounds that the Minister of Communications had insufficiently substantiated the
rationale for imposing these restrictions. In response, the Minister of
Communications issued a decision dated May 13, l997, amending our GSM 900
License to permit us to install and use a transmission infrastructure to connect
elements of our own GSM network. We are still required to use transmission lines
leased from TPSA to interconnect each mobile switching center and to
interconnect our network with that of TPSA's unless TPSA is unable to provide
such leased lines to us within one month following the request. Also, the
interconnection with other mobile telephony networks was permitted only between
mobile switching centers, which meant in practice that we had to use leased
lines from TPSA to connect with other mobile telephony networks. On April 27,
1998, the Supreme Administrative Court repealed these restrictions on the
grounds that the Minister of Communications did not provide sufficient reasons
for its decision and on the grounds that the restrictions might be incompatible
with the competition provisions of the Europe Agreement dated December 16, 1991.
Pursuant to this judgment, we are free to connect components of our network and
to interconnect with other cellular providers in Poland without using leased
lines from TPSA. We are also free to lease lines from other operators which can
provide such service. In addition, this judgment allowed us to build the SDH
microwave backbone network. See "Network Infrastructure".

     We currently lease transmission lines from TPSA to interconnect the
elements of our GSM network. Tariffs for the lease of these transmission lines
are based on the distance between elements of our GSM network and the
                                        28
<PAGE>   29

length and capacity of the relevant transmission line. The Polish Office for
Competition and Consumer Protection found these increases to be
anti-competitive. Pursuant to the Interconnect Decision, described below, we are
entitled to a 60% discount on TPSA's standard leased line tariffs and certain
additional incremental discounts. See "-- Interconnect Agreements". We may, in
appropriate circumstances, seek to lease transmission lines from third parties
such as railway or electricity companies.

GSM 1800 LICENSE TERMS

General

     On August 11, 1999, we received a license granting us:

     -  a concession to provide telecommunications services according to
        European telecommunications GSM/DCS standards in the 1800 MHz frequency
        band;

     -  a permit to install and use GSM/DCS network equipment;

     -  an allocation of 48 channels within the 1800 MHz frequency band; and

     -  an allocation of telephone numbers with the prefix 606.

     This license permitted us to use these new 1800 MHz frequencies beginning
March 1, 2000. We started installing the necessary GSM/DCS equipment at the end
of 1999 and have continued to install such equipment; we commenced offering GSM
1800 services in selected areas on March 1, 2000.

Fees

     We are required to pay to the Polish government a fee equal to the Zloty
equivalent of E100,293,000 for our GSM/DCS concession which is payable in four
installments. We paid E50,146,500 of this fee in 1999 and E16,715,500 on August
31, 2000 and we are required to pay E16,715,500 on each of August 31, 2001 and
2002. See Notes 19 and 20 to the Financial Statements as of and for the year
ended December 31 2000, and Notes 18 and 19 to the Financial Statements as of
and for the year ended December 31, 1999. In addition, we are required to pay to
the Polish State Radiocommunication Agency an annual fee for each of the permit
and frequency allocation in an amount that is determined under the ordinance of
the Ministry of Finance and the Ministry of Communications. This amount has been
set at PLN 3,072,000 for the first year of license operations, PLN 3,648,000 for
the second year, PLN 4,224,000 for the third year and PLN 4,800,000 for each of
the following years.

Term

     Our GSM 1800 License was issued for a term of fifteen years and provides
that we may make an application to extend the term for an agreed period one year
prior to its expiration date. Our GSM 1800 License is not transferable.
Therefore, any transfer of business would require a revocation and reissuance of
our GSM 1800 License. In addition, the approval of the Ministry of
Communications is required in the event that an acquisition of our shares or
rights to acquire our shares by a single entity would, together with any shares
or rights currently held by that entity, result in that entity having rights to
an ownership percentage of our shares in excess of any of 10%, 25%, 33% or 50%.

License Conditions

     Our GSM 1800 License is subject to a number of commercial and technical
conditions. While Polish law provides that our GSM 1800 License may be revoked
or limited in the event that we fail to meet any of these conditions, we believe
that we are currently in material compliance with all of our GSM 1800 License
conditions.

     Similar to our GSM 900 License, our GSM 1800 License requires that we meet
certain coverage and technical criteria, including a requirement that the
dropped call rate not exceed 5% during peak hours and that we attain
geographical coverage combined with the 900 MHz and 1800 MHz frequencies of 90%
by June 2004. We have already exceeded this level of coverage.
                                        29
<PAGE>   30

     Our GSM 1800 License requires us to provide certain emergency connections
free of charge and to provide certain priority services to Polish governmental
entities.

     Our GSM 1800 License generally requires us to comply with certain
competition and anti-monopoly rules currently in force in Poland. Our GSM 1800
License also specifically prohibits exclusive arrangements with other service
providers. We believe, however, that our dealers are not "service providers" as
the term is used in our GSM 1800 License with reference to airtime providers,
and therefore, exclusive contracts with our dealers will not constitute a
violation of our GSM 1800 License conditions. We are free to connect components
of our GSM 1800 network and to interconnect with other cellular providers in
Poland without using leased lines from TPSA. We are also free to lease lines
from other operators which can provide such services. However, our GSM 1800
License requires us to use TPSA leased lines to connect TPSA toll switches with
our MSCs. Generally, tariffs for the lease of these transmission lines are based
on the distance between the elements of our GSM network and the length and
capacity of the relevant transmission line. The current TPSA interconnect
agreement covers the leasing of transmission lines from TPSA for the GSM 1800
network, as the GSM 1800 MHz License allows us to extend our network capacity
rather than build a new network.

UMTS LICENSE

General

     During the second half of 2000, the Polish Ministry of Telecommunications
ran a tender to offer five UMTS concessions for the Polish market. Operators
would have been able to start offering services from January 1, 2002 and the
licenses were to be awarded on the minimum fee of E750 million, an additional
payment to be proposed by the bidder and the assessment of the bidder's
credibility, financial standing and plans for offering UMTS services.

     During the course of the tender process, as a result of negative reactions
on the part of prospective bidders, the Ministry of Telecommunications revised
its requirements several times but was ultimately successful in receiving only
three bids on December 2, 2000, one from each of the incumbent cellular
operators, including PTC. The Ministry of Telecommunications decided to cancel
the tender and instead issued concessions to the incumbents on substantially
modified terms (see below) by way of an administrative decision.

     After the UMTS bidding process was cancelled in the beginning of December,
2000, we requested that the Ministry of Telecommunication grant UMTS Licenses
without a bidding process. On December 20, 2000, the Ministry granted UMTS
Licenses to the three existing operators. The license grants us:

     -  a concession to provide telecommunication services according to UMTS
        telecommunication standards;

     -  a permit to install and use a UMTS network; and

     -  an allocation of two 14.8 MHz frequency blocks and one 5 MHz frequency
        block in the 2 GHz frequency band. These blocks are currently used by
        the Polish Armed Forces. The terms of our UMTS License provide that
        these blocks will be available from January 1, 2003.

Fees

     We are required to pay to the Polish government a fee equal to the Zloty
equivalent of E650 million for the UMTS license. The fee is payable in 22
installments with the first installment due upon the grant of the license in the
amount of E10 million. We have paid the second installment of E83 million on
March 30, 2001. The remaining amount of E557 million is payable according to the
following schedule:

     -  E83 million on June 30, 2001;

     -  E84 million on September 30, 2001;

     -  E15 million yearly payable each September 30 from 2005 to 2013;

     -  E28 million yearly payable each September 30 from 2014 to 2021; and

     -  E31 million on September 30, 2022.
                                        30
<PAGE>   31

Terms

     The UMTS License expires on January 1, 2023 and provides that we can extend
the term for an agreed upon period one year prior to its expiration date. Our
UMTS License is not transferable. Therefore, any transfer of our business would
require a revocation and reissuance of the license.

License Conditions

     The UMTS License is subject to a number of commercial and technical
conditions. While Polish law provides that the license may be revoked or limited
in the event that we fail to meet any of these conditions, we believe that we
are currently in material compliance with all of the conditions.

     The UMTS License requires us to attain 20% population coverage by the end
of 2004 and 40% population coverage by the end of 2007. We are also required to
start offering UMTS services not earlier that January 1, 2003 and not later than
January 1, 2004.

     The Polish Armed Forces, which currently use the 14.8 MHz and 5 MHz in the
2GHz frequency band, are obliged to vacate such frequencies and make them
available to us. From 2001 to 2002, we intend to lease a limited range of
frequencies from the OTR in order to test our UMTS network equipment.

COMPETITION

     We are one of three wireless communications providers in Poland providing
GSM mobile telecommunications services in both the 900 MHz and 1800 MHz
frequency band, and each of the three providers has also been granted a UMTS
License. We believe that the existing level of competition is likely to increase
in all areas of the Polish telecommunications market over the next few years,
particularly in light of the liberalization of the Polish domestic and
anticipated liberalization of the international long distance markets in coming
years. Increased competition, in the form of both new entrants and existing
operators that widen the scope of their telecommunication activities, could
force us and our competitors to take measures that could raise subscriber
acquisition costs or reduce our share of net new subscriber additions. In
addition, the OTR may seek to impose regulations that require us to allow
competitors roaming or site-sharing rights on our network or otherwise use its
powers to materially modify the competitive environment.

     We face competition primarily from Polkomtel (a joint venture between Tele
Danmark A.S., Vodafone AirTouch and Polish companies), and Centertel (a joint
venture between TPSA and France Telecom Mobiles International) and from wireline
telephone services. Polkomtel was awarded its GSM 900 License in February 1996
and currently provides services under the trade name Plus GSM. Polkomtel was
also awarded its GSM 1800 License in September 1999, and is completing the
process of building out its GSM 900 and GSM 1800 networks.

     Centertel provides analog and GSM 1800/900 digital wireless
telecommunications services in Poland. Centertel launched its analog service in
June 1992 and as of December 31, 2000, TPSA reported that Centertel had
approximately 100,000 analog subscribers. Centertel's analog network covers
approximately 93% of the territory and 98% of the population. Centertel
announced that it intends to invest only in the maintenance and any necessary
technical upgrades of its analog network. In March 1998, Centertel launched its
GSM 1800 service. Their network is being constructed to cover the area
designated by the terms of Centertel's GSM 1800 license, which includes ten of
Poland's largest metropolitan areas and four arterial transport routes.
Centertel was awarded a GSM 900 license in July 1999, launched its GSM 900
services in March 2000. As of December 31, 2000, Centertel claimed its network
covered 57% of the territory of Poland and approximately 80% of the population
and reported approximately 1,490,000 GSM subscribers.

     We also compete with wireline telecommunications providers in Poland,
principally TPSA, insofar as low wireline penetration rates and long waiting
times for telephone installation have encouraged consumers who are otherwise
unable to access wireline telephony to acquire mobile telecommunications
services. TPSA currently owns approximately 90% of Poland's existing fixed-line
telecommunications infrastructure and is the only entity within Poland that is
authorized to provide international telecommunications services. Consequently,
wireless telecommunications operators are required to enter into interconnection
agreements with TPSA in order to complete calls made from or to receive calls
made to their networks. See "-- Interconnect Agreements".
                                        31
<PAGE>   32

     We believe that competition with UMTS services will be as intensive as with
GSM services while the possible introduction of a new entrant may put additional
downward pressure on prices and margins. We expect UMTS competition to focus on
coverage, range, quality and ease-of-use of enhanced data-based services made
possible by the transmission speeds afforded by UMTS and, in some cases, the
slower GPRS standard. We expect that operators will also compete to form
relationships with content providers, commercial businesses and financial
institutions wishing to engage in mobile commerce, applications service
providers, advertisers and content integrators. We believe that this will likely
be a relatively new area for intense competitive activity and we expect to
develop our core competencies by leveraging the experience already obtained in
developing WAP enabled internet services and SMS-based services to develop new
solutions for GPRS and later for UMTS. We have formed a new division -- Product
Development and Management Services -- from existing product marketing and
product development resources to drive our efforts in this area.

     Both we and our competitors have shareholders that hold significant market
share in the provision of mobile telecommunications services across Europe and
worldwide. We believe that each of these shareholders, all of whom are
transnational or multinational operators, DeTeMobil and the parent of one of our
shareholders, Vivendi Universal S.A., in our case, Orange and France Telecom in
the case of Centertel and Vodafone AirTouch in the case of Polkomtel, aim to
leverage their buying power and brands across their subsidiaries and, as far as
possible, across their affiliates during the coming few years. These strategies
may lead to significant additional operating expenses to re-brand existing
networks and create multinational brands, while costs may be saved by
consolidating the number of network suppliers and reducing capital investment
costs, use of common service provisioning platforms and consolidating general
and administrative functions. We believe that certain competitive advantages,
particularly in the business segment, may be available to those operators with
significant geographical reach that choose to offer standardised cross-border
tariffs, eliminating the roaming premium charges typically seen in the current
market.

     At present, none of the transnational or multinational carriers mentioned
above has a majority interest in any of the three Polish mobile operators
although we believe that France Telecom may have effective management control of
Centertel. We believe that our ability and that of our competitors to develop
UMTS services in a cost effective manner and the ability of each operator to
compete with others will be significantly affected by the actions of these
foreign operators to increase or decrease their level of influence in the Polish
market.

INTERCONNECT AGREEMENTS

     Like other wireless operators, our wireless network requires
interconnection with a fixed-line network to enable subscribers to initiate and
receive calls to and from persons using fixed-line networks or other cellular
networks. We therefore require a switched access arrangement with TPSA,
Polkomtel and Centertel. The terms of these arrangements, particularly with
TPSA, are important to financial results.

     TPSA is the only entity in Poland currently permitted to provide
international telecommunications services and is Poland's largest provider of
fixed-line telecommunications services. Prior to May 22, 1997, we operated with
TPSA on a bill and keep system for domestic calls on the basis of an agreement.
On May 22, 1997, the Ministry of Communications issued a decision (the
"Interconnect Decision") establishing a system of interconnect payments whereby
we would pay TPSA for calls terminating in TPSA's network and TPSA would pay us
for calls terminating in our network. In addition, the Interconnect Decision
reduced the proportion of our tariff payable to TPSA for international calls to
67%. While we subsequently settled interconnection charges with TPSA on the
basis of the Interconnect Decision for all periods since the Interconnect
Decision was issued, TPSA thereafter appealed the Interconnect Decision to the
Supreme Administrative Court. While this appeal has not been withdrawn, we
nevertheless entered into an Agreement on the Terms and Conditions of
Cooperation and Mutual Interconnection, dated December 9, 1998 (the "Framework
Agreement"), with TPSA, pursuant to which TPSA paid us a net amount of PLN 6.2
million for interconnect and international charges covering the period from the
beginning of our commercial activity in September 1996 to May 21, 1997. In
addition to acknowledging the Interconnect Decision, the Framework Agreement
established a cooperative environment between TPSA and us with respect to
communications in case of network problems and future negotiations in the event
there are significant market changes. On December 9, 1999, the TPSA Framework
Agreement was amended to provide for a settlement process and calculation in the
event we cancelled the use of leased lines. On October 24, 2000 the Supreme
Administrative Court rejected TPSA's appeal of the Interconnect Decision. Our
role in this process was
                                        32
<PAGE>   33

limited to that of an interested party. This decision opened a way to further
negotiations with TPSA. We have already started renegotiating the interconnect,
transit and international settlements terms according to instructions issued by
the Minister of Communications on June 30, 2000.

     We also entered into an interconnect agreement with Polkomtel on December
17, 1997, that provides Polkomtel subscribers direct access to our network and
our subscribers direct access to the Polkomtel's network on a symmetric billing
basis whereby we pay each other an agreed upon charge for the time our
respective subscribers use each other's network.

     In addition, in 1999 we entered into an agreement with Netia Telekom, a
fixed-line service provider, and in 2000 we entered into interconnect agreements
with Telefonia Lokalna, El-Net and Petrotel, which are additional fixed-line
service providers.

     We also have contracted with Ericsson to construct an SDH network in order
to minimize the use of leased lines. We believe that, when completed, our SDH
network will reduce cost of sales and dependence on external suppliers.
Construction of the initial phase of our backbone network began in November 1998
and was opened in January 2001, see Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and
Prospects. The backbone transmission network will reduce but not eliminate our
need for leased lines and interconnection fees, as our backbone transmission
network will not offer the complete geographic coverage of Poland that TPSA
lines do, but rather will cover connections between areas of major population
density and high call volume. Further, we will have to continue to interconnect
with TPSA to provide international coverage. In addition, we successfully
petitioned to amend our GSM 900 to waive the requirement to utilize lines leased
from TPSA in conducting GSM 900 operations. Our GSM 1800 Licenses contains no
such requirement to use only TPSA leased lines.

ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE

     On June 17, 1997, PTC International Finance B.V. was incorporated as a
finance company under the laws of The Netherlands for the purpose of issuing the
10 3/4% Notes. PTC International Finance B.V.'s issued and outstanding share
capital consists of 40 fully-paid shares with a par value of 1,000 Netherlands
Guilders each, issued by PTC International Finance B.V. PTC International
Finance B.V. is our wholly-owned subsidiary and has no subsidiaries of its own.

     On November 5, 1999, PTC International Finance II S.A. was incorporated
under the laws of Luxembourg and on November 16, 1999, PTC International Finance
(Holding) B.V. was incorporated under the laws of The Netherlands, both in
connection with issuance of the 11 1/4% Notes. PTC International Finance
(Holding) B.V.'s issued and outstanding share capital consists of 40 fully-paid
shares with a par value of 1,000 Netherlands Guilders each, issued by PTC
International Finance (Holding) B.V. PTC International Finance II S.A.'s issued
and outstanding share capital consists of 125 fully-paid shares with a par value
of E1,000, all of which are beneficially owned by PTC International Finance
(Holding) B.V. PTC International Finance II S.A. has no subsidiaries.

     The consolidated financial statements include our Financial Statements and
our wholly-owned subsidiaries, PTC International Finance B.V. and PTC
International Finance (Holding) B.V.

PROPERTY, PLANTS AND EQUIPMENT

     Our principal properties consist of telecommunications network
infrastructure and related buildings throughout Poland. The majority of base
station sites are leased for a minimum period of five to ten years. As of
December 31, 2000, we had entered into lease agreements for 3,722 base station
sites. We have a financial lease for our main office space in Warsaw and
operating leases for office space in Katowice, Poznan, Gdansk and Krakow. We
also lease each of our retail stores.

                                        33
<PAGE>   34

ITEM 5.  OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

OPERATING RESULTS

     The following section should be read in conjunction with Item 3. Key
Information -- Selected Financial Data, Item 8. Financial Information and with
our Financial Statements (including the Notes thereto) presented elsewhere in
this Form 20-F. The Financial Statements, and the related financial information
set forth and discussed in this section, have been prepared in accordance with
International Accounting Standards, which differ in certain respects from U.S.
GAAP. For a description of the material differences between International
Accounting Standards and U.S. GAAP, see Note 31 to the Financial Statements as
of and for the year ended December 31, 2000. The financial data presented in
accordance with International Accounting Standards included and discussed below
as of and for the years ended December 31, 2000, 1999 and 1998 has been derived
from the Financial Statements, audited by Arthur Andersen Sp. z o.o.,
independent auditors.

OPERATING REVIEW

     PTC was formed in December 1995, and was awarded a 15-year non-exclusive
GSM 900 License in February 1996 by the Polish Ministry of Communications.
Thereafter, we commenced construction of our GSM network and, in September 1996,
started offering services to our subscribers under the brand name Era GSM. Since
that time, we have experienced rapid growth.

     In August 1999, we were granted a GSM 1800 License, also on a 15-year
non-exclusive basis. Our GSM 1800 License enabled us to substantially enhance
our call volume capacity, particularly in major urban areas. We commenced
services under our GSM 1800 License on March 1, 2000.

     In December 2000, we were granted a UMTS License, on a 20-year
non-exclusive basis. Our UMTS License will allow us to provide high-speed data
and Internet services over our mobile network. We expect to begin offering these
services in 2003.

     The following table sets forth key business indicators:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 AS OF AND FOR THE YEARS
                                                                    ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                            ----------------------------------
                                                               2000         1999        1998
                                                            ----------    ---------    -------
<S>                                                         <C>           <C>          <C>
SUBSCRIBERS:
Gross subscribers additions...............................   1,592,159    1,336,043    612,778
Churn (%).................................................        23.7         28.4       26.2
Net subscriber additions..................................   1,051,505      970,735    485,561
Total subscribers.........................................   2,802,980    1,751,475    780,740
of which:
  Post-paid subscribers...................................   2,032,726    1,386,320    597,482
  Pre-paid subscribers....................................     770,254      365,155    183,158
Growth of total subscriber base from prior year end (%)...          60          124        164
TRAFFIC:
Average monthly minutes of use............................         159          180        217
Average monthly number of SMSs............................         7.1          2.9        0.8
Average monthly revenue per user (PLN)....................         127          159        227
  Change from prior year (%)..............................         (20)         (30)        (7)
Coverage of GSM cellular network in Poland:
  Geographical area covered (%)...........................        93.6         84.4       80.0
  Population covered (%)..................................        98.6         95.0       91.0
</TABLE>

                                        34
<PAGE>   35

FINANCIAL REVIEW

FACTORS AFFECTING REVENUES

Overview

     We are the largest GSM wireless telephony services provider in Poland with
approximately 2.8 million subscribers, a 41.8% share of the total Polish
wireless market and a 42.5% share of the total Polish GSM market, in each case,
as of December 31, 2000. Among wireless service providers in Poland, we believe
that we lead the market in terms of the number of subscribers, revenues, EBITDA,
network quality, backbone network and brand awareness. We have national GSM 900,
GSM 1800 and UMTS Licenses. As of December 31, 2000, our GSM network covered
approximately 93.6% of the geographic area of Poland, representing approximately
98.6% of the total Polish population. In addition, we have selectively rolled
out GSM 1800 services, which allow us to increase capacity and to offer a
seamless nationwide dual-band (GSM900/1800) service. To distribute our products
and services, we use a network of 28 dealers with 965 points of sale, a direct
sales force of 93 representatives and a national network of our own 63 retail
outlets.

     The main source of our revenue is airtime tariffs, consisting primarily of
monthly service fees, and charges for calls that originate or terminate in our
network. Other significant revenue sources include service activation fees and
revenues from the sale of telephones and accessories. Airtime tariffs include
revenues from incoming and outgoing calls, a relatively small amount of charges
for "roaming" calls and revenue from the usage of pre-paid airtime cards.
Airtime charges are paid by the initiators of calls, and when our subscribers
travel outside Poland, they are also charged for the international and roaming
charges on their incoming calls. We anticipate that, as our network and
subscriber base grow and our business matures in coming years, airtime revenues,
data services, GPRS access fees, SMS fees and monthly service fees will account
for an increasing proportion of our total revenues, while the proportion of
total revenues derived from sales of handsets and accessories, as well as new
subscriber activation fees, will decrease. We believe that the anticipated
decrease in revenues from handset sales will substantially result from an
anticipated continued decrease in the retail price of handsets, rather than from
a reduction in the number of handsets sold.

     Our revenues depend on the number of subscribers, call volume and tariff
pricing. Our total number of subscribers is affected by the number of new
subscriber activations and by our rate of churn. Continued subscriber and call
volume growth will depend on a number of factors, including pricing and
promotions (including handset replacement programs), as well as general economic
and market conditions, the level of competition for obtaining new subscribers
and the capacity and coverage of our network. We expect that average minutes of
use and revenue per subscriber will fall as the cellular telephone penetration
level in Poland increases. We believe that this trend has been accentuated over
the last twelve-month period by the increase in our pre-paid subscriber base.

     Contingent upon the availability of network infrastructure, equipment and
handsets, we expect to widely offer GPRS-based data services in late 2001 and
UMTS services in early 2003. Further, competition in the market may increase
because the Polish Government announced that it may run a tender for a fourth
mobile operator during 2002.

     The higher data transmission rates of GPRS and UMTS in the air interface
relative to GSM enables network operators to offer a broader range of services
than is possible using GSM. We expect that these new services will appeal to the
mass market over time but we can provide no assurance that this will be the
case. In addition, the success of these new services would substantially depend
on the availability of user-friendly handsets from handsets producers and our
ability to identify and enter into agreements with content providers, content
aggregators, applications service providers and mobile commerce partners to
deliver such services to our subscribers. We believe that, if we are successful
in these efforts, we may be able to reverse the downward trend in average
revenue per user by replacing falling average voice revenues with revenues for
use of data services, commissions received from mobile commerce partners and
charges for advertising.

                                        35
<PAGE>   36

Subscriber Growth

     New subscriber activations are driven by the success of marketing efforts
and unmet demand for telecommunications services in Poland resulting from the
growth of the Polish economy and low wireline penetration rates.

     During 2000, we attracted 1.6 million new subscribers and increased our
total net subscriber base by 60% to 2,802,980 subscribers as of December 31,
2000 from 1,751,475 subscribers as of December 31, 1999. These 2.8 million
subscribers consisted of approximately 72.5% post-paid subscribers and 27.5%
pre-paid subscribers.

     During 1999, we attracted 1.3 million new subscribers and increased our
total net subscriber base by 124% to 1,751,475 subscribers as of December 31,
1999 from 780,740 subscribers as of December 31, 1998. These 1.75 million
subscribers consisted of approximately 79.2% post-paid subscribers and 20.8%
pre-paid subscribers.

     During 1998, we attracted 0.6 million new subscribers and increased our
total net subscriber base by 164% to 780,740 subscribers as of December 31, 1998
from 295,179 subscribers as of December 31, 1997. These 0.78 million subscribers
consisted of 76.5% post-paid subscribers and 23.5% pre-paid subscribers.

     In 2000, the overall Polish wireless market grew by 71.0% to approximately
6.8 million subscribers, representing an approximate 17.6% penetration of
Poland's total population.

     As of December 31, 2000, our subscriber base represented approximately
41.8% of the total Polish wireless market or 42.5% of the total Polish GSM
market, making us the leader among wireless services providers in Poland.

Churn Rate

     "Churn" refers to disconnected subscriptions, either voluntary (due to our
subscribers switching to competing networks or terminating their use of cellular
communications services) or involuntary (due to non-payment of bills or
suspected fraudulent use). We calculate churn rate using widely accepted general
principles (by dividing the number of deactivations during a given period by the
average subscriber base for such period). Prior to December 2000, pre-paid
subscribers were treated as having churned if they had not recharged their
pre-paid coupons within a six month period. Since then, pre-paid subscribers
have been treated as having churned if they have not recharged their pre-paid
coupons within a twelve month period.

     We seek to minimize voluntary customer churn by providing a high quality
network, loyalty programs and extensive subscriber service at competitive
prices. In order to better enable us to recover subscriber acquisition costs
from churn, we require our subscribers who purchase services during promotional
campaigns to pay a fee, equal to the discount on the full cost of their handset
or activation fee, if they change tariff plans or cancel their subscriber
contract prior to the expiration of a minimum period (generally two years). We
have also recently launched a loyalty program similar to airline mileage award
programs which is based on minutes of airtime used by subscribers. Nevertheless,
we believe that our success in subscriber retention or cost recovery measures
will depend to a large extent upon competitive factors beyond our control. In
particular, we believe that the tariff structure and minimum subscription period
requirements implemented by our principal competitors will be a significant
factor in our subscriber retention.

     The average monthly churn rate for 2000 was 2.0% compared to 2.5% as an
average for 1999 and 2.2% for 1998. The average monthly churn rate for post-paid
subscribers was 2.0% in 2000 compared to 2.3% for 1999 and 2.0% for pre-paid
subscribers compared to 3.2% for 1999.

     In November 2000, while building our new strategy towards customers, we
changed the disconnection terms for pre-paid users from 6 to 12 months which
followed the established practice of our two competitors.

     We believe that the dropping churn rates over the last twelve months were
the result of our Loyalty Program, new tariff plans, market segmentation and
value-added services, which we believe reflects our subscribers' satisfaction
and the high quality of our services and shows commitment to providing our
subscribers with the best service in the Polish market.

                                        36
<PAGE>   37

     The most significant cause of our increase in churn in 1998 and 1999 was
our policy to terminate subscribers for non-payment of bills in accordance with
their contractual obligations. As is the case in a number of emerging market
countries, Poland does not have a nationwide credit bureau for individuals, and
it is difficult to verify the creditworthiness of potential individual
subscribers. While every new subscriber must satisfy certain standard
documentation requirements, we monitor the usage of our subscribers that exceed
pre-assigned credit limits or fail to pay their bill to better measure
creditworthiness after activation. In 1999 and 2000, we also strengthened our
billing and collection systems, thereby increasing the ability to identify
subscribers who should be terminated from our services. We also believe that the
growing proportion of pre-paid subscribers in our overall subscriber base may
increase our churn rate because pre-paid subscribers are not contractually bound
to continue to use our services.

Subscriber Mix

     Our revenues are also affected by the mix between our post-paid and
pre-paid subscribers. Post-paid subscribers generally have higher lifetime
average subscriber values than pre-paid subscribers, as they tend to make a
higher number of calls. These calls also tend to be longer in duration than
those made by our pre-paid subscribers. In addition, our post-paid subscribers
make more calls than they receive as compared to our pre-paid subscribers.
Furthermore, post-paid business subscribers generally have higher lifetime
average subscriber values than non-business post-paid subscribers for reasons
similar to those given above. Our subscriber base currently consists of 27.5%
pre-paid subscribers. We expect the number of our pre-paid subscribers to
increase in the future, which may result in a continued decline in Average
Revenue Per User Per Month, or ARPU, in respect of voice services. In November
2000, we refocused our marketing efforts to tailor them to the different
elements of our subscriber mix.

     With the introduction of GPRS and UMTS services we expect to be able to
address an additional subscriber segment with "Machine to Machine" or telematic
services. These services would be tailored for business subscribers to enable
their fixed assets or products to be connected to our network for the purpose of
transmitting and receiving data that increases operating efficiency or improves
product functionality.

Tariff Policy

     We launched a set of new tariffs on November 15, 2000 to better suit the
market needs. We expect that the introduction of our new tariff plans will, in
the short term, affect our revenues. We believe, however, that our new tariff
plans and our accompanying marketing strategy will eventually enhance our
competitive position and help us remain as the leading supplier of wireless
services in Poland. Tariff pricing, consisting of the rates we charge
subscribers for airtime, monthly service and service activation, is
significantly dependent on competitive factors. We offer eight post-paid tariff
structures and two pre-paid tariff structures, with different airtime and
monthly access charges catering to the usage patterns of different subscriber
market segments. Airtime tariffs for domestic calls vary depending on the time
of day a call is made, while tariffs for international calls vary according to
the destination of the call. We charge separately for certain bundles of the
value-added services offered, such as call waiting, short message service and
data and facsimile transmission. We regularly run promotions in which our price
for service activation, handsets or both have been reduced for the time of
promotion period. However, our price level will depend on the level of
competition in the Polish GSM telecommunications services market, the general
level of Polish price inflation, other changes in factors affecting underlying
costs, and increased competition from other technologies, including both
cellular and other mobile telecommunications systems, as well as the
availability within Poland of wireline telephones and any limitations on price
increases imposed by regulators. Tariffs for inbound traffic are set by
interconnect agreements with TPSA, Polkomtel, El-Net, Netia and other fixed-line
operators.

Minutes of Use

     The average number of Minutes of Use, or MOUs, per month in 2000 were 159
compared to 180 minutes and 217 minutes in 1999 and 1998, respectively. In 2000,
the average number of MOUs per month was 180 minutes for post-paid subscribers
and 92 minutes for pre-paid subscribers. There is no similar breakdown in 1999
as we only started preparing these breakdowns in 2000. The decrease in minutes
of use is the result of
                                        37
<PAGE>   38

increasing penetration and the increasing number of lower-end subscriptions
joining our network. However, we stimulate usage by bundling a number of free
minutes into the monthly fee and we believe that the introduction of new tariff
plans will increase the usage of the existing subscriber base.

Short Message Services

     The average number of Short Message Services, or SMS, was 7.1 SMSs per
subscriber per month in 2000 compared to 2.9 and 0.8 SMSs per subscriber per
month in 1999 and 1998, respectively. In 2000, the average number of 7.1 SMSs
per subscriber per month was comprised of 7.7 SMSs per post-paid subscriber and
5.0 SMSs per pre-paid subscriber. There is no similar breakdown in 1999 as we
only started preparing these breakdowns in 2000. The increase in 2000 was
primarily due to the introduction of SMS services to our pre-paid subscribers,
as well as to increased knowledge about our SMS services among our subscribers
and the success of our marketing and promotional campaigns.

     We believe that the number of SMSs will increase during 2001, thereby
increasing the portion of ARPU coming from data transmission.

Average Revenue Per User

     For the year ended December 31, 2000, overall ARPU decreased to PLN 127
from PLN 159 and PLN 227 in 1999 and 1998, respectively. These decreases were
the result of lower average number of minutes of use per month and lower
revenues per minute from our post-paid subscribers. In addition, these decreases
were the result of lower revenues per new user among our post-paid subscribers
combined with an increasing proportion of pre-paid subscribers within our total
subscriber base, use of promotional airtime rates and, from November 2000, the
introduction of new tariff plans.

     In 2000, ARPU in respect of post-paid subscribers was PLN 153 and ARPU in
respect of pre-paid subscribers was PLN 44. There is no similar breakdown for
previous years as we only started preparing these breakdowns in 2000. We believe
that ARPU will decrease slightly as a result of the introduction of our new
tariff plans that include a number of free minutes and short messages.

FACTORS AFFECTING EXPENDITURES

     The principal components of our operating expenditures are cost of sales
and operating expenses, the latter consisting of selling and distribution costs
and administration and other operating costs.

Cost of Sales

     Our cost of sales includes:

     -  costs of equipment sold (principally handsets and related accessories
        that we sell to dealers and subscribers);

     -  amortization and depreciation charges associated with licenses fees and
        fixed assets;

     -  other external services;

     -  payments for the provision by third parties, principally TPSA, of leased
        lines between other operators' networks and our network, and also
        between elements of our network;

     -  commission payments to the dealers and sales force associated with
        subscriber acquisition; and

     -  payments to other operators, principally TPSA, for delivering calls that
        terminate outside our network.

     We anticipate that, as our network and subscriber base grows and the
business matures in coming years, the relative proportions of these expenses
will shift away from the cost of merchandise sales and fixed asset amortization
and depreciation charges, toward aggregate leased line and interconnection fees,
which vary with call volumes.

                                        38
<PAGE>   39

     Prior to the issuance in May 1997 of the Interconnect Decision, we incurred
no interconnect fees since the operator of the network in which the call
initiated was entitled to retain all of the amount charged for the call. The
Interconnect Decision established a system of interconnect charges in which we
pay TPSA for calls terminating in TPSA's network and TPSA pays for calls
terminating in our network. Since the reciprocal charge system has been in
place, the cost of fees payable by us have been more than offset by increases in
revenue from interconnect fees for incoming calls. In addition, as a result of a
new Framework Agreement with TPSA, we are entitled to a 60% discount on certain
of TPSA's standard leased line tariffs, with additional incremental discounts of
between 5% and 15% for long-term arrangements lasting between one and five
years. Nevertheless, the interconnect fees paid to TPSA and the leasing of lines
from TPSA each make up a significant portion of our expenses.

     To reduce dependence on TPSA, we have taken two actions. First, we have
contracted with Ericsson to construct an SDH microwave backbone network in order
to reduce the use of leased lines for GSM 900 and GSM 1800 operations. This
backbone has been operational from January 2001, which we believe will continue
to decrease the leased line expenses and our reliance on TPSA lines. We believe
that the backbone network will reduce, but not eliminate, our need for leased
lines and related fees, as our backbone network will not offer the complete
geographic coverage of Poland that TPSA lines do, but rather will cover
connections between areas of major population density and high call volume.
Second, we have entered into an interconnection agreement with Netia Telekom and
El-Net and other alternative fixed-line providers, and we are actively pursuing
agreements with other fixed-line providers to establish interconnect points
throughout Poland.

     Our GSM 900 License restricted us only to the use of lines leased from TPSA
for our GSM 900 operations. Our GMS 1800 License contained no such restrictions.
We successfully petitioned to amend the terms of such licenses to enable us to
use other leased lines. Accordingly, we are able to connect components of our
network and to interconnect with other cellular telephony providers in Poland
without the use of leased lines from TPSA. However, we continue to interconnect
with TPSA to provide international connections.

     In connection with the development of our UMTS services, we will be
incurring substantial start-up costs. Moreover, following the expected
introduction of GPRS services in 2001 and UMTS services in 2003, we expect to
begin to incur significant additional costs of sales that we will incur in our
efforts to increase average revenue per user through the provision of new
enhanced data-based services.

     These new cost streams are expected to include, but may not be limited to,
royalties and fees paid to content providers, payments to applications service
providers (which may or may not include revenue sharing arrangements), increased
costs of in-house product development and product marketing, increased
depreciation for the enabling GPRS and UMTS network infrastructure and, from
2003, amortization charges for the UMTS License.

Operating Expenses

     Our operating expenses consist of:

     -  selling and distribution costs (other than fixed commissions to the
        dealers and sales force which acquire subscribers that are included in
        cost of sales), including advertising costs and provisions for doubtful
        debtors; and

     -  administration and other operating costs, including external services
        and operations and staffing costs associated with headquarters and
        regional offices.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Net Sales

     Total net sales increased by approximately 40.1% to PLN 3,632.4 million in
2000 from PLN 2,592.1 million in 1999, which in turn reflected an increase of
approximately 60.9% from PLN 1,610.8 million in 1998. Total net sales consist of
service revenues or fees and sales of telephones and accessories.

     Service Revenues and Fees.  Service revenues and fees increased by 46.2% to
PLN 3,463.0 million in 2000 from PLN 2,369.4 million in 1999, which in turn
reflected an increase of 63.9% from PLN 1,445.3 million in
                                        39
<PAGE>   40

1998. Service revenues and fees represented 95.3% of total net sales in 2000
compared to 91.4% in 1999 and 89.7% in 1998.

     The increase in 2000 compared to 1999 was due primarily to an increase in
the number of subscribers of approximately 60% to approximately 2.8 million
subscribers as of December 31, 2000 from approximately 1.8 million subscribers
as of December 31, 1999. We believe that the substantial increase in our
subscribers was primarily due to the success of our marketing efforts in
attracting new customers in a dynamic market. This increase was partially offset
by:

     -  a decline in the average rate per minute of use as a result of our
        introduction of bundles of cheaper minutes and new tariff plans, our
        attraction of a higher percentage of pre-paid subscribers and, in order
        to stimulate data usage among our subscribers, the inclusion of a
        limited free SMS service in our monthly fee;

     -  a shift in the mix of out-bound calls to in-bound calls, the revenue
        from which is less than the revenue from out-bound calls; and

     -  a decrease in the average monthly number of MOU.

     The increase in 1999 compared to 1998 was due primarily to an increase of
approximately 124% in the number of subscribers during this period. This
increase was partially offset by a decline in the average rate per mou and in
the average monthly number of mou.

     ARPU decreased to PLN 127 in 2000 from PLN 159 in 1999, which in turn was a
decrease from PLN 227 in 1998.

     Sales of Telephones and Accessories.  Revenues on sales of telephones and
accessories decreased by 23.9% to PLN 169.5 million in 2000 from PLN 222.6
million 1999, which in turn reflected an increase of 34.5% from PLN 165.5
million in 1998. Revenues on sales of telephones and accessories represented
4.7% of total net sales in 2000 compared to 8.6% in 1999 and 10.3% in 1998.

     As a general matter, we do not intend to achieve positive overall margins
on the sale of telephones and accessories because we believe that a substantial
amount of future sales and margins will come from airtime revenues and monthly
service fees rather than activation fees and the sale of handsets and
accessories. In addition, we believe that discounts on the sale of handsets and
accessories will continue to have a decreasing impact upon our results of
operations.

     The decrease in 2000 compared to 1999 was due primarily to a decrease in
the average retail price of handsets sold and higher average subsidies offered
to our customers in respect of these handsets. This decrease took place
notwithstanding increased handset sales as a result of an increase in gross
additions of new subscribers in 2000 compared to 1999. This decrease in sales of
telephones and accessories was partially offset by a change in the mix of new
subscribers reflecting an increasing portion of pre-paid subscribers, whose
handsets are generally not subsidized.

     The increase in 1999 compared to 1998 was due primarily to an increase in
the number of handsets sold during this period due to an increase in gross
additions, notwithstanding a decrease in the average retail price of handsets
due to higher subsidies.

Cost of Sales

     Total cost of sales increased by 35.3% to PLN 2,250.4 million in 2000 from
PLN 1,662.9 million in 1999, which in turn reflected an increase of 75.3% from
PLN 948.4 million in 1998. Total cost of sales consists of cost of services sold
and cost of sales of telephones and accessories.

  Cost of Services Sold.  Costs of services sold increased by approximately
47.6% to PLN 1,386.3 million in 2000 from PLN 939.0 million in 1999, which in
turn constituted an increase of approximately 53.0% from PLN 613.9 million in
1998.

     The increase in cost of services sold in 2000 compared to 1999 was due
primarily to:
                                        40
<PAGE>   41

     -  a 85.1% increase in depreciation and amortization charges to PLN 476.0
        million in 2000 from PLN 257.1 million in 1999;

     -  a 46.0% increase in other external services (mainly network maintenance
        fees) to PLN 247.5 million in 2000 from PLN 169.5 million in 1999;

     -  an increase in wages and salaries of network support staff, which we
        include in cost of sales; and

     -  an increase in leased line and interconnection expenses as a result of
        increased call volumes. The introduction of our SDH backbone and the
        lower leased line tariffs charged by TPSA have since lowered our leased
        line and interconnection expenses.

     The increase in cost of sales in 1999 compared to 1998 was primarily due to
reasons similar to those described above for the increase in cost of services
sold in 2000.

  Cost of Sales of Telephones and Accessories.  Cost of sales of telephones and
accessories increased by PLN 140.3 million, or 19.4%, to PLN 864.1 million in
2000 from PLN 723.8 million in 1999. This increase was due primarily to
increased sales of handsets resulting from increased gross additions.

     Cost of sales of telephones and accessories increased by PLN 389.3 million,
or 116.4%, to PLN 723.8 million in 1999 from PLN 334.5 million in 1998. This
increase was due primarily to increased sales of handsets resulting from
increased gross additions.

Gross Margin

     Gross margin was 38.0% in 2000, 35.8% in 1999 and 41.1% in 1998.

     The increase in gross margin in 2000 compared to 1999 was primarily due to
the substantial increase in gross subscriber additions during this period and
resulting economies of scale realized in the operation of our network and the
delivery of services to our subscribers.

     The decrease in gross margin in 1999 compared to 1998 was primarily due to
increased losses resulting from significantly increased sales of telephones and
accessories, which were not supported by a corresponding increase in revenues on
service and revenues during the same period. These increased sales of telephones
and accessories were the result of an aggressive promotional campaign to attract
new subscribers that we undertook in 1999.

Operating Expenses

     Operating expenses increased by 25.1% to PLN 766.0 million in 2000 from
PLN 612.6 million in 1999, which in turn reflected an increase of approximately
60.7% from PLN 381.3 million in 1998. Operating expenses consist of selling and
distribution costs and administration and other operating expenses. Operating
expenses decreased as a percentage of revenues to 21.1% in 2000 from 23.6% in
1999. Operating expenses as a percentage of revenues in 1999 were substantially
the same as in 1998, which were 23.7%.

     Selling and Distribution Costs.  As a percentage of total net sales,
selling and distribution costs were 15.9%, 17.5% and 17.2% in 2000, 1999 and
1998, respectively. In absolute terms selling and distribution costs increased
by 26.7% to PLN 576.3 million in 2000 from PLN 454.8 million in 1999, which in
turn represented an increase of 64.1% from PLN 277.1 million in 1998. Selling
and distribution costs are primarily driven by our efforts to acquire new
subscribers.

     The decrease in selling and distribution costs as a percentage of total net
sales in 2000 compared to 1999 was primarily due to the decreasing number of
gross additions as a proportion of our total subscriber base. The increase in
selling and distribution costs in absolute terms in 2000 compared to 1999 was
primarily due to significant increases in advertising costs related to marketing
efforts associated with the introduction of our new tariff plans and the
development of a revised business strategy, as well as to an increase in our
sales force resulting in related increases in salaries and wages.

                                        41
<PAGE>   42

     Selling and distribution costs as a percentage of total net sales in 1999
compared to 1998 were essentially flat at 17.5% in 1999 and 17.2% in 1998, the
increase in selling and distribution costs in absolute terms in 1999 compared to
1998 was primarily due to increased advertising costs and an increase in
provisions for bad debt.

     Administration and Other Operating Costs.  As a percentage of total net
sales, administration and other operating costs were approximately 5.2%, 6.1%
and 6.5% in 2000, 1999 and 1998, respectively. Administration and other
operating costs increased by approximately 20.3% to PLN 189.7 million in 2000
from PLN 157.8 million in 1999, which in turn represented an increase of 51.5%
from PLN 104.2 million in 1998.

     The decreases in administration costs, as a percentage of total net sales,
in 2000 compared to 1999 and in 1999 compared to 1998 were primarily due to
increases in gross subscriber additions in these periods and resulting economies
of scale realized in the operation of our network and the delivery of services
to our subscribers. The increase in administration and other costs in absolute
terms in 2000 compared to 1999 was primarily due to increases in wages and
salaries and in social security expenses. The increase in administration and
other operating costs in absolute terms in 1999 compared to 1998 was primarily
due to increases in wages and salaries and in social security expenses and in
external services to support growth.

Operating Profit

     Due to the above factors, operating profit was PLN 616.0 million, PLN 316.7
million and PLN 281.1 million in 2000, 1999 and 1998, respectively, and
operating margin was 17.0%, 12.2% and 17.5% in 2000, 1999 and 1998,
respectively.

Financial Expenses

     Interest and other financial costs, net, were PLN 489.5 million in 2000, as
compared to PLN 398.3 million in 1999 and PLN 165.8 million in 1998. Financial
expenses primarily arise from interest expenses on our 1997 Bank Credit
Facility, the Existing Notes, capital lease obligations for our head office and
foreign exchange gains and losses, both realized and unrealized, on foreign
currency denominated loans and accounts payable.

     In 2000, net interest expenses were PLN 501.6 million, as compared to
PLN 247.5 million in 1999 and PLN 123.8 million in 1998. The increase in net
interest expenses in 2000 was the result of the first full year impact of
interest due on the 11 1/4% Notes we issued in late 1999. The increases in 1999
and 1998 were the result of the increase in interest costs in 1999 and 1998 due
to increased amounts outstanding under our 1997 Bank Credit Facility. Net
interest expense as a percentage of total revenue was 13.8%, 9.5% and 7.7% in
2000, 1999 and 1998, respectively.

     We expect that interest expenses will continue to have a significant impact
on net results due to our highly leveraged structure of financing.

     The majority of our debt is denominated in foreign currency. Accordingly,
in Zloty terms, our financial expenses fluctuate as a result of changes in
foreign exchange rates. During 2000, the Zloty fluctuated significantly against
the U.S. dollar and Euro. After depreciating significantly in the middle of
2000, during the fourth quarter the Zloty recovered all the ground lost earlier
in the year to finish the year at the rate of approximately U.S.$1 = PLN 4.14,
while the Zloty strengthened against the Euro to E1 = PLN 3.85 on December 31,
2000. The year end exchange rates resulted in a net foreign exchange gain of PLN
12.0 million in 2000, compared to a net foreign exchange loss of PLN 150.7
million in 1999 and PLN 42.0 million in 1998.

     In early 2000, we introduced a foreign exchange risk management and hedging
policy, which consisted of three elements:

     -  changing of the invoicing currency with our main suppliers with respect
        to part of our purchases to Zloty, thereby removing the balance sheet
        foreign exchange risk;

     -  increasing the portion of our debt in Zloty; and

     -  hedging our cash outflows on a twelve month rolling basis.

     We anticipate that foreign exchange losses or gains will continue to have a
significant impact on our results.
                                        42
<PAGE>   43

Taxation Charge

     The profit before taxation amounted to PLN 126.4 million in 2000, compared
to the loss before taxation of PLN 81.6 million in 1999 and the profit before
taxation of PLN 115.3 million in 1998. In 2000, we had a tax charge of PLN 28.8
million in 2000 compared to the tax charge of PLN 40.9 million in 1999, and PLN
109.8 million in 1998. For the numerical reconciliation between tax charge and
the product of accounting profit or loss multiplied by the applicable statutory
tax rates, see Note 12 to the Financial Statements for the year ended December
31, 2000, 1999 and 1998.

     In accordance with current interpretations of the Polish tax law, the cost
of our GSM 900, GSM 1800 and UMTS Licenses are recorded for current tax purposes
on a cash basis, which are the most significant component of the total deferred
tax liability of PLN 134.5 million as of December 31, 2000, as compared to a
deferred tax liability of PLN 102.5 million as of December 31, 1999. We also
recorded a deferred tax asset relating to the future probable realization of
accrued expenses and tax loss carry forwards of PLN 78.6 million as of December
31, 2000, compared to the balance of deferred tax assets of PLN 75.2 million as
of December 31, 1999.

INFLATION

     Inflation has not had a significant effect on our operations or financial
condition during the twelve months ended December 31, 2000. Since launching
services in 1996, we have not increased our tariffs as a result of the rate of
inflation, while many of our costs, mainly labor costs, are inflation sensitive.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

     We expect to have substantial liquidity and capital resources requirements
as we continue to develop and expand our wireless business. We expect our
principal requirements to consist of the following:

     -  capital expenditures for existing and new network operations, including
        significant UMTS network build-out costs;

     -  payment of license payables, including significant UMTS License
        payables;

     -  debt service requirements relating to existing debt; and

     -  UMTS start-up expenses.

     Historically, our liquidity requirements have arisen primarily from the
need to fund capital expenditures for the expansion of our business and for our
working capital requirements. We expect to continue to incur substantial
additional capital expenditures in order to expand and improve the quality of
our network.

Sources of Financing

     Primary sources of financing available to us consist of the following:

     -  cash flow from operating activities;

     -  financing from banks; and

     -  certain qualifying technical equipment, or QTE, leases.

     In February 2001, we entered into:

     - a E550 Million Bank Credit Facility (as described in Item 8. Financial
       Information -- Material Contracts -- Bank Credit Facilities); and

     -  a E100 Million Bank Credit Facility (as described in Item 8. Financial
        Information -- Material Contracts -- Bank Credit Facilities).

     We have agreed with certain parties to the E100 Million Bank Credit
Facility that any drawdowns under the E100 Million Bank Credit Facility can only
take place if the E550 Million Bank Credit Facility is utilized in full. We may
be required to terminate the E100 Million Bank Credit Facility under certain
circumstances if we raise additional debt.
                                        43
<PAGE>   44

     On March 30, 2001, we entered into a senior subordinated bridge loan
facility with Deutsche Bank AG London, pursuant to which we borrowed E28
million. We used the proceeds from this loan to fund one-third of the March 31,
2001 installment of our UMTS License.

     We expect to continue to rely upon these sources of liquidity and capital
resources in the future. We are also taking into consideration several options
to finance, if necessary, our UMTS business plan.

     Under our current business plan, we expect that borrowings under the Bank
Credit Facilities, together with anticipated cash from operations, the
anticipated proceeds from the issuance of additional senior subordinated notes
and future potential vendor financing, will provide us with the financing we
require to fund our operations. We cannot assure you, however, that we will not
need additional financing or that such additional financing will be available on
satisfactory and commercially acceptable terms or at all.

     The need for additional financing, as well as our revenues, the capital
expenditures required to further build out our GSM and UMTS networks and the
expenses involved in our operations will depend on a number of elements,
including:

     - our ability to meet build-out schedules;

     - growth in our market penetration, our market share and the effectiveness
       of our competitors in such markets;

     - cost of new network equipment and maintenance of our networks;

     - regulatory changes;

     - currency exchange rate fluctuations;

     - the availability and terms of vendor financing;

     - changes in technology; and

     - the availability of UMTS infrastructure and handsets.

     As our capital expenditure and operating expenses are linked directly to
our subscriber growth, our actual capital expenditure requirements and other
cash operating needs may also increase if we add more new subscribers than
expected. If our capital expenditure requirements and other cash operating needs
were to increase, we may also need other additional financing. We cannot assure
you that any additional financing would be available on satisfactory and
commercially acceptable terms or at all.

Cash Flow from Operating Activities

     Net cash generated from operating activities during 2000 was PLN 684.9
compared to PLN 350.0 million in 1999 and PLN 172.6 million in 1998. Non-cash
provisions and net non-operating items for the same periods were PLN 1,092.1
million, PLN 828.4 million and PLN 381.6 million, respectively. These
principally reflect depreciation, amortization, provisions for doubtful debtors,
foreign exchange losses/gains and interest expense resulting from business
growth and expanded financial activities. In addition, net cash used for working
capital items was PLN 114.0 million in 2000, compared to PLN 275.3 million in
1999 and PLN 171.9 million in 1998. The improvement in 2000 was primarily due to
improved management of subscriber receivables and inventory. The increase in
1999 was the result of a rapid increase in gross subscriber additions, and the
concurrent increase in inventory.

Cash Used in Investing Activities

     Net cash used in investing activities was PLN 1,555.1 million in 2000,
compared to PLN 1,835.6 million in 1999 and PLN 1,013.5 million in 1998.
Payments to suppliers of tangible fixed assets, which consist primarily of
network capital equipment used in the ongoing build-out of our GSM network, were
PLN 1,434.9 million, PLN 985.3 million and PLN 966.6 million during 2000, 1999
and 1998, respectively. These amounts differ from the amount of gross additions
to tangible fixed assets because of the impact of deferred payment terms on
certain purchases of equipment.

                                        44
<PAGE>   45

     In 2000, we paid the installments for the GSM 900 and 1800 Licenses and we
also paid the first installment for the UMTS License. We paid the equivalent of
E34.3 million for the GSM 900 License, the equivalent of E16.7 million for the
GSM 1800 License and E10 million for the UMTS License.

     In 2001, we are required to pay the Zloty equivalent of E56.1 million as
the last GSM 900 License installment and E16.7 million as the next installment
on our GSM 1800 payment. We will also pay the equivalent of E250 million in UMTS
License fees in three installments. The first of these installments on the UMTS
License fee was financed with the Bank Credit Facilities and a bridge loan
facility in the aggregate amount of E83 million and we expect the remaining
balance to be financed from the Bank Credit Facilities and other sources of
financing, which may include cash flow from operations.

     In addition, we are required to pay the equivalent of E16.7 million for the
GSM 1800 License in 2002 and E390 million for the UMTS License over the period
from 2005 to 2022.

     We also expect that our level of capital expenditures will remain
significant for at least the next five years, and possibly longer, as we
continue to expand network capacity, coverage and quality in order to expand
services offered under the GSM and the UMTS Licenses.

Cash Flow from and used in Financing Activities

     Net cash used in financing activities was PLN 195.5 million in 2000,
compared to net cash from financing activities of PLN 2,604.0 million in 1999
and PLN 618.4 million in 1998. These amounts reflect the net proceeds from the
1997 Bank Credit Facility in 1998, the issuance of the 11 1/4% Notes, additional
proceeds from the 1997 Bank Credit Facility and proceeds from shareholders'
loans in 1999. The amount in 2000 resulted primarily from the partial repayment
of the 1997 Bank Credit Facility. In addition, we entered into a finance lease
relating to our new headquarters building in March 1997, with future minimum
lease payments as of December 31, 2000 of PLN 429.1 million over 15 years.

Capital Expenditure for Tangible Assets

     The mobile communications industry is highly capital intensive, requiring
significant capital to construct mobile telecommunications networks.

     Capital expenditures, reflecting additions to tangible assets, during 2000
totaled approximately PLN 1,333.9 million, representing an increase of 16% from
PLN 1,146.9 million in the previous year that in turn represents an increase of
13% from PLN 1,013.6 million in 1998. The growth in subscribers numbers has
necessitated capital expenditures on the network infrastructure as well as on
coverage and quality rollout activity.

     As a result of our rollout strategy, our network, as of December 31, 2000,
comprised 4,104 base stations, 25 mobile switching centers and almost 2,600 km
of SDH backbone. The cost of the SDH backbone constructed to date was
approximately PLN 159.4 million.

     As a result of the UMTS network build-out, we expect that capital
expenditures for our wireless network will continue to represent a significant
portion of our total capital expenditures over the next few years. We have
budgeted our 2001 capital network investments at approximately PLN 1,587.0
million. We expect our capital expenditures to total approximately PLN 6 billion
to PLN 7 billion between 2002 and 2005, of which approximately 50% is expected
to relate directly to our UMTS network build-out costs.

     Our other capital expenditures related principally to investments in
information technology. In 2000, we invested PLN 179.6 million in information
technology, including computer equipment for new call centers.

Capital Expenditure for Intangible Assets

     Capital expenditure for intangible assets consists primarily of GSM 900,
GSM 1800 and UMTS License fees. The cost of UMTS License will be the most
substantial element of the cash used for capital expenditures for intangible
assets in 2001. License costs are mainly capitalized at the net present value of
the payments due, plus the cost of interest and foreign exchange losses
capitalized during the development period. We do not expect to make any
additional license purchases at this time.
                                        45
<PAGE>   46

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT PROGRAMS

     We currently do not run any research and development programs.

TREND INFORMATION

     In our market, the number of subscriber connections is greater during the
second half of the calendar year than during the first half. This is primarily
due to increased sales during our anniversary promotions in September and the
Christmas season. Therefore, our fees revenues and revenues from telephones and
accessories, and the aggregate cost of sales of telephone and accessories and
dealer commissions, have been greater during the second half of the calendar
year than during the first half. It is difficult, however, to predict the
seasonality of subscriber connections in the future.

ITEM 6.  DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES

DIRECTORS AND SENIOR MANAGEMENT

SUPERVISORY BOARD

     The Supervisory Board is currently comprised of nine members, four of whom
are appointed by Elektrim Telekomunikacja Sp. z o.o. and four are appointed by
DeTeMobil. The remaining member is elected at the Shareholders' Meeting. The
Supervisory Board actively monitors our business, appoints the members of the
Management Board and establishes rules of procedure for the Management Board. In
addition, our Shareholders' Agreement provides that the Supervisory Board is
responsible for approving certain important decisions of the Management Board.

     Certain actions by our Supervisory Board require the unanimous approval of
all board members appointed by the Operating Parties. See Item 7. Major
Shareholders and Related Party Transactions -- Related Parties Transactions --
Shareholders' Agreement and Item 10. Additional Information -- Memorandum and
Articles of Association.

     Members of the Supervisory Board have not changed since DeTeMobil's
acquisition of MediaOne in the second quarter of 2000.

     Set forth below are the names of the current members of our Supervisory
Board, information as to how or by whom they were appointed, and the year in
which each such member was first appointed, followed by a short biography of
each such member.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  MEMBER OF
                                                                              SUPERVISORY BOARD
NAME                                                          APPOINTED BY          SINCE
----                                                          ------------    -----------------
<S>                                                           <C>             <C>
Jacek Walczykowski (Chairman)...............................  Elektrim              1999
Moritz Gerke (Deputy Chairman)..............................  DeTeMobil             1997
Marian Dabrowski (Secretary)................................  Independent           2000
Jan Kolodziejczak...........................................  Elektrim              1999
Michael Gunther.............................................  DeTeMobil             1997
Dariusz Oleszczuk...........................................  Elektrim              2000
Dieter Schumacher...........................................  DeTeMobil             2000
Klaus Tebbe.................................................  DeTeMobil             2000
Krzysztof Stefanowicz.......................................  Elektrim              2000
</TABLE>

     Jacek Walczykowski is General Legal Counsel and Deputy General Director of
Elektrim and Chairman of the Supervisory Board. He holds a Master's degree in
Law and was in legal practice from 1979 to 1999. Mr. Walczykowski is also a
member of the Supervisory Boards of Mostostal Warszawa S.A., Elektrim Kable
Polskie S.A., Elektrim Motor S.A. and Penetrator S.A., and is the President of
the Management Board of Elektrim Telekomunikacja Sp. z o.o.

                                        46
<PAGE>   47

     Moritz Gerke has been the Senior Executive Director and Head of the Central
and Eastern European and Middle Eastern Regions of DeTeMobil since 1995. Prior
to his current position, Mr. Gerke worked for Marcam GmbH as the General Manager
of Business Development Japan from 1994 to 1995 and as the Managing Director of
the Central and Eastern European Region from 1991 to 1995. Additionally, he held
various positions with HP GmbH from 1982 to 1990. Mr. Gerke has a Master's
degree in electrical engineering. He also is a member of the Supervisory Boards
of Matav RT (Hungary), Magyarcom GmbH (Germany), Barak (Israel), Dial (Israel),
Radiomobil (Czech Republic), Cmobil (Netherlands) and Detesat (Germany).

     Marian Dabrowski is a Deputy General Director of Elektrim and was nominated
as member of the Telecommunications Council by the Prime Minister of Poland in
February 2001. He also serves as a Member of the Information Society Forum. Mr.
Dabrowski holds a Master's of Science degree and a Ph.D. in the field of data
communications from Warsaw University of Technology and Telecommunications. Mr.
Dabrowski was the director of the Telecommunications Institute of Warsaw
University of Technology and Telecommunications from 1975 to 1983. He also
worked as an Advisor to the Ministry of Telecommunications from 1990 to 1991 and
from 1994 to 1997. He was a Chairman of the Tender Committee for the GSM 900 and
GSM 1800 licenses. Mr. Dabrowski was a member of the Supervisory Board of TPSA
in 1996/97.

     Jan Kolodziejczak holds a Master's degree in Engineering. Until March 27,
2001, he was Chairman of the Supervisory Board of Elektrim. Mr. Kolodziejczak
was also General Director of Teletra Poznan (a telecommunications company).

     Michael Gunther is the Chief Financial Officer of Deutsche Telekom in
Germany. Previously, Mr. Gunther served as the Chief Financial Officer of the
Business Customer Division of Deutsche Telecom AG and Deutsche Telekom Systems
GmbH. Mr. Gunther holds a degree in Business Administration from the University
of Hamburg. Additionally, Mr. Gunther is also a member of the Supervisory Boards
of One 2 One Personal Communications Limited (UK), Max Mobil Telekommunikation
Service GmbH (Austria) and RadioMobil a.s. (Czech Republic).

     Dariusz Oleszczuk is a Partner at the law firm Salans Hertzfeld & Heilbronn
and Managing Partner of its Warsaw office. He practices in the following areas:
telecommunications, IT and media, corporate law, mergers and acquisitions. Mr.
Oleszczuk graduated from Warsaw University (Master of Law, magna cum laude,
1979), was qualified as a Judge in 1982 and admitted as a legal adviser in
Poland in 1983. He is currently an Arbitrator of the Court of Arbitration at the
Polish Chamber of Commerce.

     Dieter Schumacher is head of Mergers and Acquisitions, PMI Support for the
Eastern European Region of Deutsche Telekom in Bonn. After completing a degree
in engineering (Dipl.-Ing. Allgemeine Elektrotechnik) at the technological high
school in Aachen, he began his career at Deutsche Bundespost in 1970 at the
Planning & Controlling unit of the Euskirchen Branch Office. In 1978 Mr.
Schumacher began working at the Ministry of Post and Telecommunications within
the Planning Department for Human Resources responsible for engineers. After
Deutsche Bundespost became Deutsche Telekom AG, Mr. Schumacher worked as a
Product Manager for Mobile Data. In July 1993, he began working at DeTeMobil
and, from 1996 until 1999, he was responsible for the Joint Venture Management
of PTC at the International Business Development Division. In March 1999, Mr.
Schumacher returned to Deutsche Telekom and was appointed Vice President for the
Eastern European Region at Deutsche Telekom.

     Klaus Tebbe, Ph.D., has been Chief Marketing Officer at DeTeMobil since
August 1, 2000. After graduating with a Master's degree in Business
Administration and in Economics, his first vocational experience was in market
research and the media industry. After his doctorate in marketing at the
University of Cologne, Mr. Tebbe joined Deutsche Telekom's subsidiary Detecon in
Bonn as a consultant. While at Detecon, he developed the sales and marketing
concept of Deutsche Telekom's mobile phone services. Three years later, after
rising to the level of Sales Director in charge of the service provider sales
channel, Mr. Tebbe began working at DeTeMobil. From 1994 to 1996 he worked as
Business Development Director, with responsibility for acquiring newly tendered
GSM licenses abroad. In April 1996, he took over the sole management of
RadioMobil a.s. in Prague, now one of three GSM network operators in the Czech
Republic. Under his management, RadioMobil was named the most innovative GSM
operator at the Cannes 1999 GSM conference.

                                        47
<PAGE>   48

     Krzysztof Stefanowicz is a Partner at the law firm of Salans Hertzfeld &
Heilbronn and Head of its IT and Telecom practice group. His areas of practice
also include: general corporate and commercial lending, foreign exchange
regulations and fiscal criminal law. He graduated from Warsaw University; Master
of Law, summa cum laude and was admitted to the Polish bar in 1990. He is an
Assistant Professor at Warsaw University, and was a Visiting Professor in 1991
at Capital University Columbus, Ohio, USA. Mr. Stefanowicz is also a member of
the Polish Criminal Law Association.

MANAGEMENT BOARD AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

     Set forth below are the names of the current members of our Management
Board and Executive Officers, their current position and the year in which each
such member was first appointed, followed by a short biography of each such
member.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       MEMBER OF
                                                                                    MANAGEMENT BOARD
NAME                                                    POSITION                         SINCE
----                                                    --------                    ----------------
<S>                                      <C>                                        <C>
Boguslaw Kulakowski....................  Director General                                 1999
Wojciech Ploski........................  Director of Strategy, Marketing & Sales          2000
Wilhelm Stueckemann....................  Director of Network Operations                   1996
Jonathan Eastick.......................  Director of Finance                              2001
Ryszard Pospieszynski..................  Director of Administration                       1996
</TABLE>

     Boguslaw Kulakowski is our Director General and was appointed to the
Management Board by Elektrim in September 1999. Mr. Kulakowski was formerly our
Director of Customer Care, and most recently, our Chief Strategist. Before
joining us, he worked as Marketing Director for SAP Polska and a Marketing
Consultant for Coca-Cola New York. Mr. Kulakowski is a 1990 graduate of Maria
Curie Sklodowska University (Poland), from which he holds a Master's degree in
Law. He also holds a Master's degree in Business Administration from New York
State University (USA) and a Master's degree in Business Telecommunications from
the Technical University of Delft (The Netherlands).

     Wojciech Ploski is our Director of Strategy, Marketing and Sales. Mr.
Ploski began working with us in May 1996 as the Deputy Director of Marketing
(Product and Logistics). In September 1997, he assumed the position of Director
of Logistics and Sales. Mr. Ploski was one of the main developers of our direct,
indirect and retail sales network and of our purchasing department. Prior to
joining us, Mr. Ploski worked for the Curtis Company (a television manufacturer)
for ten years where he held a variety of positions, including the position of
Executive Director of its television factory in Mlawa, Poland and the Commercial
Director of Curtis International. Mr. Ploski holds a degree from the Technology,
Telecommunications Department of Warsaw University.

     Wilhelm Stueckemann is our Director of Network Operations and was appointed
to our Management Board by DeTeMobil in 1996. Mr. Stueckemann has held a variety
of positions with DeTeMobil, mainly in the development of GSM businesses and the
establishment of a team of engineers responsible for the D-1 network in Germany.
Mr. Stueckemann studied electrical engineering in Bielefeld, Germany.

     Jonathan Eastick joined us on March 1, 2001 as our Director of Finance.
Prior to joining us, Mr. Eastick had worked since 1998 at Lucent Technologies
Poland S.A. as Chief Financial Officer. He also held additional responsibilities
as CFO Sales Controller for UMTS commercial offers in Lucent's European, Middle
East and African operations. Prior to his tenure at Lucent, Mr. Eastick shaped
his career in finance during a five-year assignment with Arthur Andersen in
London and Warsaw. From 1995 to 1998 he was Manager of Strategic and Financial
Planning at Poland's first cellular operator, PTK Centertel Sp. z o.o. He holds
a degree from the London School of Economics and is a UK Qualified Chartered
Accountant.

     Ryszard Pospieszynski is our Director of Administration and was appointed
by Elektrim to the Management Board in 1996. Previously, Mr. Pospieszynski
served as Chairman of FATA Ltd., and the General Director of PHZ Film Polski. He
holds a Masters degree in economics from the University of Gadansk (1976) and a
Masters degree in business telecommunications from the Technical University of
Delft (The Netherlands) (2001).

                                        48
<PAGE>   49

COMPENSATION

     For the year ended December 31, 2000, we paid an aggregate of PLN 6,670,744
to the members of our Supervisory Board and our Management Board, including
compensation for salary, bonuses and pension plans. In addition, some of the
members of the Management Board were paid by the respective shareholders which
have seconded them.

     There are no pension or benefit plans for the members of our Supervisory
and Management Boards.

BOARD PRACTICE

     Members of the Supervisory Board are appointed for a period beginning at
the end of the ordinary Shareholders' Meeting at which a resolution is adopted
appointing them and serve until the following ordinary Shareholders' Meeting at
which a resolution is adopted discharging them, although their appointment may
also be extended. The Shareholders' Agreement permits any Operating Party to
replace a member of the Supervisory Board it appointed at any Shareholders'
Meeting.

     Management Board Members sign three year contracts with us, beginning at
the time of their nomination. The payment that we are obliged to pay upon the
termination of each contract cannot exceed 15 months of remuneration.

     Executive Officers sign contracts with us for an unspecified time period.
The payment that we are obliged to pay upon the termination of each contract
cannot exceed 18 months of remuneration. Currently all of our Executive Officers
are members of our Management Board.

     In 2000, contracts with two of our former Management Board Members ended.
The contract with Mr. Karim Khoja ended in March 2000, as a result of the
acquisition of MediaOne by Deutsche Telekom. We terminated our contract with Mr.
Stanislaw Majewski in December 2000.

     We have no further commitments as a result of the above or any other
terminated contracts.

EMPLOYEES

     As of December 31, 1998, we had 1,730 employees, including 860 in sales,
marketing and strategy, 480 in network operations and 390 in finance,
administration and general director divisions. Twenty-three employees were
secondees from either DeTeMobil or MediaOne, primarily working in network
operations.

     As of December 31, 1999, we had 2,606 employees. At the end of 1999, our
sales, marketing and strategy department had 1,523 employees, 667 of whom worked
in network operations and 416 in finance, administration and general director
divisions. Eleven of our employees were secondees from either DeTeMobil or
MediaOne.

     As of December 31, 2000, we had 3,090 employees, including 1,842 in sales,
marketing and strategy, 823 in network operations and 425 in finance,
administration and general director divisions. Four of our employees are
secondees from DeTeMobil. All of our employees are located in Poland, mainly at
our headquarters in Warsaw but also in regional offices and shops around the
country.

     All of our employees, other than our seconded employees, enter into an
initial three-month employment contract. After completion of this initial
contract, our employees enter into an employment contract of indefinite term
subject to termination upon a stated notice period.

     To our knowledge, our employees have not entered into any collective
bargaining agreements. We do not have any history of strikes or work stoppages
and no material labor related claims are pending. We believe that relations with
our employees are good.

     We do not currently have a pension plan or stock option plans, but the
introduction of a pension plan is under consideration.

                                        49
<PAGE>   50

SHARE OWNERSHIP

     None of our Supervisory Board Members or Executive Officers has any shares
or options for shares. We do not currently have a stock option plan.

ITEM 7.  MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS

     The following table sets forth information regarding the ownership of our
471,000 ordinary shares outstanding.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              NUMBER OF SHARES    PERCENTAGE OF SHARES
NAME AND ADDRESS OF BENEFICIAL OWNER                         BENEFICIALLY OWNED    BENEFICIALLY OWNED
------------------------------------                         ------------------   --------------------
<S>                                                          <C>                  <C>
Elektrim Telekomunikacja Sp. z o.o.(1).....................       226,079                47.9998%
ul. Panska 77/79
00-834 Warsaw, Poland
Deutsche Telekom MobilNet GmBH.............................       105,975                   22.5%
Landgrabenweg 151
53227 Bonn, Germany
MediaOne International B.V.(2).............................       105,975                   22.5%
Foppingadreef 20-22
1102 BS Amsterdam,
The Netherlands
Polpager Sp. z o.o.........................................        18,840                    4.0%
ul. Zurawia 24/4
00-515 Warsaw, Poland
Carcom WARSZAWA Sp. z o.o.(4)..............................         8,949                    1.9%
ul. Panska 77/79
00-526 Warsaw, Poland
Elektrim Autoinvest S.A.(3)................................         5,181                    1.1%
ul. Panska 85
00-834 Warsaw, Poland
Elektrim S.A...............................................             1                 0.0002%
ul. Panska 77/79
00-834 Warsaw, Poland
</TABLE>

---------------

(1) Elektrim owns 51% and Vivendi owns 49% of the outstanding shares in Elektrim
    Telekomunikacja Sp. z o.o.

(2) On March 23, 2000, DeTeMobil acquired 100% ownership in MediaOne.

(3) Elektrim owns 45% of the outstanding capital of Elektrim Autoinvest S.A, but
    has 51% management control.

(4) Elektrim and Vivendi S.A. each own 50% of the outstanding capital of Carcom
    WARSZAWA Sp. z o.o.

     On March 23, 2000, MediaOne Group Inc. sold its wholly-owned subsidiary,
MediaOne (one of our principal shareholders), to Deutsche Telekom. As a result,
Deutsche Telekom currently owns 45% of our outstanding shares: 22.5% directly
through DeTeMobil and 22.5% indirectly through the acquisition of MediaOne.

     In August 1999, Elektrim announced that it had acquired an additional 15.8%
of our shares including the acquisition of shares from our smaller Polish
shareholders, for a purchase price of U.S.$679.4 million. Prior to August 1999,
Elektrim owned 34.1% of the shares. Deutsche Telekom is disputing the legality
of Elektrim's acquisition of a portion of these acquired shares (representing
approximately 3.0% of our total 471,000 outstanding shares) claiming that it had
a right of first refusal to purchase these shares under our Shareholders'
Agreement.

     On December 9, 1999, Elektrim registered with the Warsaw Regional Court the
transfer of 226,079 (47.9998%) of our shares to Elektrim Telekomunikacja Sp. z
o.o. Elektrim retained one share (0.0002%) of direct ownership. Notwithstanding
the foregoing, at the request of Elektrim, our Management Board filed these
changes

                                        50
<PAGE>   51

in our share registry book and filed a new list of shareholders with the Warsaw
Regional Court. Two of our five Management Board Members objected, however, to
Elektrim's request and did not sign the change in our share registry book. The
updated list of shareholders, together with formal statements from the two
dissenting Board Members, were filed with the Warsaw Regional Court. The updated
list of shareholders together with formal statements from the two Board Members'
reservations were filed with the Court. Deutsche Telekom sought an injunction
with the Warsaw Regional Court to disallow the change in our share registry book
and the updated list of shareholders. This was later rejected by the Court on
February 16, 2000. Deutsche Telekom has announced that it will appeal this
decision.

     Deutsche Telekom also announced in October 1999 the commencement of an
arbitration claim at the International Arbitration Court in Vienna against
Elektrim and certain smaller shareholders. This claim was suspended in December
2000 following the entry by Deutsche Telekom into a letter of intent with
Elektrim for the purchase of a 51% stake in six Elektrim companies that provide
fixed-line and data transmission services.

     We are aware of a dispute between Vivendi and Elektrim relating to the
letter of intent referred to above. On February 23, 2001, Vivendi petitioned the
Registrar of the London Court of International Arbitration seeking to prevent
Elektrim's contemplated sale of these companies to Deutsche Telekom. The outcome
of this arbitration is uncertain and may have a material adverse effect on us to
the extent that disagreements between Elektrim and Vivendi could prevent them
from agreeing as to how they should direct Elektrim Telekomunikacja Sp. z o.o.,
one of the Operating Parties, as to how it should take decisions as to the
operation of our company agreement among shareholders of one of the Operating
Parties.

     If the issues relating to Elektrim's announced acquisition are settled in
Elektrim's favor, Elektrim will indisputably own, directly or indirectly, 51.0%
of our shares. The Shareholders' Agreement provides, among other things, that
certain decisions of the Management Board may not be taken without the prior
approval of the Supervisory Board. This prior approval by the Supervisory Board
cannot be given unless all members of the Supervisory Board who were appointed
by the Operating Parties vote or consent to approve such actions. These actions
include amendments to our business plan and annual budgets, acquisitions or
dispositions of assets above certain values, incurring additional indebtedness
(other than in the ordinary course of business or below certain limits) and the
entry into long-term contracts (with certain exceptions). The Shareholders'
Agreement also requires that at least one member of each of the Operating
Parties be in attendance at all Shareholders' Meetings. At the time of
Elektrim's announced acquisition of minority shares, the Operating Parties were
DeTeMobil, Elektrim and MediaOne, with DeTeMobil and MediaOne each appointing
two members to the Supervisory Board and Elektrim appointing four members to the
Supervisory Board. As a consequence of the share transfer mentioned above,
Elektrim's two original seats on the Board will belong to Elektrim
Telekomunikacja Sp. z o.o. and MediaOne's two seats on the Board will belong to
Deutsche Telekom. Of the three Board Members formerly appointed by our smaller
Polish shareholders prior to Elektrim's acquisition of our shares from those
shareholders, two of these members will now be appointed by Elektrim
Telekomunikacja Sp. z o.o., which may also be entitled to appoint the third
member as well. As of the Filing of this Form 20-F, our Operating Parties are
DeTeMobil, MediaOne and Elektrim Telekomunikacja Sp. z o.o. See Item 7. Major
Shareholders and Related Party Transactions -- Related Party Transactions --
Shareholders' Agreement. In addition, for a discussion of certain matters
relating to the relationship among the shareholders of one of our shareholders,
Elektrim Telekomunikacja Sp. z o.o. See Item 3. Key Information -- Risk Factors.

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

AGREEMENTS WITH DETEMOBIL

Framework Agreement for Secondment

     Under the DeTeMobil Framework Agreement for Secondment of Employees, dated
October 16, 1996, DeTeMobil allows its employees to be seconded to us depending
on need, for discrete or extended periods of time for the purpose of assistance
with research and management operations. The term of the Framework Agreement for
Secondment is one year and it is automatically renewable by either party unless
terminated in writing three months prior to the end of the period.

                                        51
<PAGE>   52

     Under the Agreement, we have the right to request the secondment of an
employee of DeTeMobil by specifying the skills needed. We are also given a
specified period during which to accept or reject the seconded candidate
identified by DeTeMobil and during which we are entitled to interview several
other candidates from DeTeMobil for that purpose.

     We have all rights to any inventions developed by the seconded employee
alone or together with regular company employees during the time of secondment.
We are obligated to compensate DeTeMobil for any seconded employee as well as
pay any value-added tax applicable under Polish law. DeTeMobil has the
responsibility for meeting any filing requirements associated with applicable
tax, social security, procurement of visas and work permits, although we have
agreed to assist DeTeMobil with meeting these requirements.

DeTeMobil Framework Agreement

     Pursuant to the DeTeMobil Framework Agreement, dated June 7, 1996,
DeTeMobil has provided us with technical, managerial, logistical and
administrative know-how support services, including product development and
research skills. DeTeMobil also provides us with personnel support in the
performance of specific services where requested when possible. The term of the
DeTeMobil Framework Agreement is one year and it is automatically renewable
unless terminated in writing by either party, three months prior to the end of
the period.

     DeTeMobil may not disclose work results with third parties without our
consent, but it may use the knowledge, experience and results obtained from any
services provided for its own purposes. We also agreed with DeTeMobil that any
damage compensation resulting from liability due to gross negligence would be
limited to the amount of the specific service order not to exceed DM 500,000.

     Under the DeTeMobil Framework Agreement, compensation for DeTeMobil is
provided in Deutschmarks according to daily and monthly fee schedules. The
monthly rates are based on 40-hour work weeks. In addition, we pay DeTeMobil for
the provision of technical know-how (not including new know-how, the price of
which is set forth in service orders). We are also obligated to pay any
applicable tax under Polish law.

Billing and Customer Care Upgrade Agreement

     On December 3, 1998, we entered into an agreement with DeTeMobil to provide
enhancements to our billing and customer care system (BSCS Pink) which was
delivered in 1999. During the year 2000 we signed several annexes to this
contract regarding the upgrade of the BSCS Pink system.

Payments

     We incurred the cost of PLN 22.2 million in aggregate for all DeTeMobil
services rendered, including roaming settlements in 2000.

AGREEMENTS WITH ELEKTRIM

Elektrim Service Agreement

     We entered into an agreement (the "Service Agreement") with Elektrim in May
1996 to render services to us in respect of securing the commercial side of
contracts, pursuant to which Elektrim prepares and implements contracts relating
to the development of digital GSM mobile network. Under the Service Agreement,
Elektrim provides us with a working team, consisting of a minimum of five
persons, and performs specific services including preparation and negotiation of
the commercial, financial and legal aspects of contracts with suppliers. The
Elektrim working team supervises meetings with the contractors and the transfer
of payments on time and performs administrative functions such as arranging and
coordinating customs clearance and submitting, filing and processing claims
based on quality defects or quantity shortage.

                                        52
<PAGE>   53

Civil Works Agreement

     On December 15, 1999, we entered into a two-year agreement with Elektrim
Volt, one of the companies included under the umbrella of Elektrim's ownership.
This agreement is to provide civil works labor in the construction and
development of our mobile network.

Elektrim Framework Agreement

     On February 28, 2001, we entered into a Framework Agreement on Cooperation
with Elektrim, pursuant to which we are to cooperate with Elektrim in certain
telecommunications and Internet activities, as well as the mutual provision of
services.

AGREEMENTS WITH MEDIAONE

     All agreements between us and MediaOne listed below were in place for past
operating periods and will either continue or will be transitioned to be
serviced by DeTeMobil in the future as a result of the March 23, 2000
acquisition of MediaOne by DeTeMobil.

MediaOne Framework Agreement

     On December 13, 1996, we entered into a Framework Agreement with MediaOne
under which MediaOne agreed to provide us with marketing and sales assistance.
Once we request services, there follows a period during which we must accept or
reject MediaOne's offer of service. MediaOne may not use outside contractors and
must perform the tasks itself unless the parties agree otherwise. The term of
the MediaOne Framework Agreement is one year and it is automatically renewable
unless terminated in writing by either party, three months prior to the end of
the period.

     We compensate MediaOne for employees seconded from them to us and for
specific technical services in accordance with daily and monthly fee schedules.
To the extent we agree that MediaOne may engage third parties in the provision
of services, we bear the cost of third party services. In addition, we are
obligated to pay MediaOne for know-how relating to sales and marketing.

Project Outline Agreement

     We entered into a Project Outline Agreement with MediaOne on April 14,
1997, that sets forth the conditions of cooperation between the parties with
respect to the creation, development and delivery of software and related
services, and which expires on December 7, 2001. Pursuant to the Project Outline
Agreement, MediaOne granted us the exclusive right to use software developed by
MediaOne or its subcontractors upon request ("individual software") as well as a
non-exclusive license to use software otherwise developed and owned by MediaOne
or its subcontractors (the "standard software"). We agreed not to use the
standard software to support the operation of third party networks. MediaOne
supports the use of individual and standard software provided to us and our
employees, including a training program consisting of four courses, a support
services help desk, software updates, and problem resolution emergency numbers.

     Under the Project Outline Agreement, we acquired three major software
products from MediaOne, in addition to a database that together, form the core
of the Telecommunications Management Network System. The system provides access
to network information and enhances network management.

Implementation Agreement

     On April 14, 1997, we reached an agreement with MediaOne regarding the type
of software to be supplied pursuant to the Project Outline Agreement, the
service and training obligations of MediaOne under the Project Outline Agreement
and the fees to be paid to MediaOne. Pursuant to the Implementation Agreement,
MediaOne provides us with computer platforms and communications equipment to
link several major operating software packages to each other and to the
Telecommunications Management Network System, a management information base, as
well as computer platforms and data communications equipment which connects
networks equipment acquired from suppliers.
                                        53
<PAGE>   54

     In addition to the services provided under the Framework Agreement and the
Project Outline Agreement, we acquired a targeted list of 800,000 potential
subscribers from MediaOne Polska S.A., a wholly-owned subsidiary of MediaOne,
which operated a telephone directory business in Poland.

SHAREHOLDERS' AGREEMENT

     Our original shareholders with a 5% or greater ownership interest,
Elektrim, MediaOne, DeTeMobil, Polpager Sp. z o.o., Elektrim-Autoinvest S.A. and
Kulczyk Holding S.A. which together held 90.1% of our outstanding ordinary
shares, entered into a Shareholders' Agreement dated December 21, 1995. The
Shareholders' Agreement was amended on March 11, 1997 pursuant to which
Elektrim, DeTeMobil and MediaOne control the Supervisory Board and appoint the
senior executive officers. Under the Shareholders' Agreement, certain actions
require the unanimous approval of the Operating Parties.

Transfer Restrictions/Call Options

     The Shareholders' Agreement prohibits the holders of our shares from
transferring any shares without the prior consent of the Supervisory Board. This
consent will be given in cases of transfer of the entire interest of a party to
another party if:

     -  the transferee assumes any and all obligations of the transferor to us
        and the other shareholders;

     -  the transfer is permitted under the terms of our GSM 900 License and all
        other applicable laws; and

     -  no party can establish by clear evidence that the transfer would result
        in a material commercial injury to us.

     Notwithstanding the foregoing, Elektrim and Elektrim Autoinvest S.A. may
transfer their shares to one of our existing shareholders, provided that
Elektrim retains at least a 26% interest in the company. The Supervisory Board
may establish procedures that require the shareholder intending to transfer its
shares, to first offer the shares to the remaining shareholders. To date, the
Supervisory Board has not established any such procedures.

     Each shareholder who is party to the Shareholders' Agreement (except
Elektrim-Autoinvest) has granted the Operating Parties an option to purchase its
shares at an exercise price equal to the shareholder's proportionate share of
the net asset value of the company plus all capital contributions made after the
financial statement date for the last completed fiscal year. The option becomes
exercisable when either the shareholder admits in writing that it has materially
defaulted or an arbitration court declares the shareholder in material default.
A material default occurs, among other events, when the shareholder:

     -  defaults in making a payment for new shares subscribed for in writing;

     -  is in material default of any obligation under the Shareholders'
        Agreement;

     -  becomes subject to any liquidation or bankruptcy or settlement or
        similar proceeding that remains unresolved for thirty days;

     -  files a petition under bankruptcy or similar proceedings; or

     -  admits in writing its inability to pay debts when due.

Control by Operating Parties

     Under the Shareholders' Agreement, the business is managed by a Management
Board and controlled by a Supervisory Board, which is authorized to assume the
responsibilities and powers of our shareholders meeting to the extent permitted
by Polish law.

     Certain actions by us require the unanimous consent of all the Operating
Parties. These include:

     -  the acquisition of shares of or entry into partnership with another
        entity;

     -  any extension of the business outside Poland;

                                        54
<PAGE>   55

     -  a change in business purpose from providing 900 MHz GSM services or
        surrender of the 900 MHz License;

     -  the adoption of the business plan, dividend policy, share transfer
        restrictions, accounting principles and any revisions to the overall
        strategy;

     -  the disposal of assets in excess of PLN 500,000, incurring any debts or
        financing and granting any mortgage or lien over assets, granting any
        loan to third parties in excess of an annual aggregate amount of
        PLN 100,000 or to any individual in excess of PLN 10,000;

     -  any change in the competence, voting and rules of procedure of the
        Supervisory Board and the Management Board restructuring the management;
        and

     -  the entry into any contract for more than one year or any amount in
        excess of PLN 500,000.

Covenant Not to Compete

     Pursuant to the terms of the Shareholders' Agreement, our shareholders are
prohibited from entering into any GSM business (selling equipment and providing
services) in Poland (including businesses involving use of GSM 1800 and similar
technology) but may provide other telephony services in Poland. The shareholders
are also prohibited from assisting third party competitors, except in the
ordinary course of business as currently conducted.

     The Operating Parties may engage in a competing business with the explicit
approval of the Supervisory Board.

     All agreements signed with MediaOne are still valid as Media One became a
part of Deutsche Telekom.

ITEM 8.  FINANCIAL INFORMATION

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENT AND OTHER FINANCIAL INFORMATION

     The following information should be read in conjunction with Item 5.
Operating and Financial Review and Prospects and the Financial Statements
(including the Notes thereto) presented elsewhere in this Form 20-F. The
Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with International
Accounting Standards, which differ in certain respects from U.S. GAAP. See Note
31 to the Financial Statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2000.
The financial data, presented in accordance with International Accounting
Standards, included below as of and for the years ended December 31, 2000, 1999
and 1998 has been derived from the Financial Statements, which has been audited
by Arthur Andersen Sp. z o.o., independent auditors. The financial data
presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP included below as of and for the years
ended December 31, 2000, 1999 and 1998 has been derived from our unaudited
Financial Statements. In our opinion the Financial Statements, include all
adjustments (consisting of normal recurring accruals) necessary for the fair
presentation of our financial data for such period.

                                        55
<PAGE>   56

STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                          --------------------------------------
                                                             2000          1999          1998
                                                          ----------    ----------    ----------
                                                             PLN           PLN           PLN
                                                           (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SUBSCRIBER AND
                                                                     CHURN RATE DATA)
<S>                                                       <C>           <C>           <C>
INTERNATIONAL ACCOUNTING STANDARDS
Net sales:
Service revenues and fees...............................   3,462,960     2,369,444     1,445,340
Sales of telephones and accessories.....................     169,460       222,617       165,471
                                                          ----------    ----------    ----------
Total net sales.........................................   3,632,420     2,592,061     1,610,811
                                                          ----------    ----------    ----------
Cost of sales:
Cost of services sold...................................  (1,386,274)     (939,037)     (613,898)
Cost of sales of telephones and accessories.............    (864,149)     (723,814)     (334,516)
                                                          ----------    ----------    ----------
Total cost of sales.....................................  (2,250,423)   (1,662,851)     (948,414)
                                                          ----------    ----------    ----------
Gross margin............................................   1,381,997       929,210       662,397
Operating expenses:
Selling and distribution costs..........................    (576,318)     (454,807)     (277,123)
Administration and other operating costs................    (189,698)     (157,752)     (104,152)
                                                          ----------    ----------    ----------
Total operating expenses................................    (766,016)     (612,559)     (381,275)
                                                          ----------    ----------    ----------
Operating profit........................................     615,981       316,651       281,122
Interest and other financial expenses, net..............    (489,540)     (398,263)     (165,799)
                                                          ----------    ----------    ----------
Profit (loss) before taxation...........................     126,441       (81,612)      115,323
Taxation charge.........................................     (28,790)      (40,891)     (109,807)
                                                          ----------    ----------    ----------
Net income (loss).......................................      97,651      (122,503)        5,516
                                                          ==========    ==========    ==========
U.S. GAAP (UNAUDITED)
Revenues................................................   3,518,959     2,592,061     1,610,811
Cost of sales...........................................  (2,113,063)   (1,656,459)     (948,031)
Operating expenses......................................    (766,016)     (622,027)     (384,860)
Interest and other financial expenses, net..............    (485,364)     (416,487)     (188,564)
Taxation charge.........................................     (33,354)      (37,953)     (108,516)
                                                          ----------    ----------    ----------
Net income (loss).......................................     121,162      (140,865)      (19,160)
OTHER FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA
EBITDA (IAS)(1) (unaudited).............................   1,135,686       598,348       439,413
EBITDA (U.S. GAAP)(1) (unaudited).......................   1,150,397       588,880       432,280
Net cash from operating activities......................     684,916       350,012       172,631
Net cash used in investing activities...................  (1,555,075)   (1,835,611)   (1,013,526)
Net cash (used in)/from financing activities............    (195,474)    2,603,992       618,428
Subscribers at end of period............................   2,802,980     1,751,475       780,740
Monthly churn rate (%)(2)...............................         2.0           2.5           2.2
</TABLE>

---------------

(1) EBITDA represents operating profit (loss) plus depreciation and
    amortization. EBITDA is included as supplemental disclosure because it is
    generally accepted as providing useful information regarding a company's
    ability to service and incur debt. EBITDA should not, however, be considered
    in isolation as a substitute for net income, cash flow provided from
    operating activities or other income or cash flow data or as a measure of a
    company's profitability or liquidity.

(2) The churn rate is calculated as the average of the monthly churn rates in
    the relevant period. The monthly churn rate is calculated as the total
    number of voluntary and involuntary deactivations and suspensions during the
    relevant month expressed as a percentage of the average number of
    subscribers for the month (calculated as the average of the month end total
    number of subscribers and the total number of subscribers at the end of the
    previous month).

                                        56
<PAGE>   57

BALANCE SHEET DATA

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       DECEMBER 31,
                                                            -----------------------------------
                                                              2000         1999         1998
                                                            ---------    ---------    ---------
                                                               PLN          PLN          PLN
                                                            ---------    ---------    ---------
                                                                      (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                         <C>          <C>          <C>
INTERNATIONAL ACCOUNTING STANDARDS
Long-term assets and deferred taxes.....................    6,016,638    4,011,762    2,331,345
Total assets............................................    6,928,738    5,953,964    2,754,401
Long-term liabilities, deferred tax liabilities and
  provisions............................................    4,044,193    4,606,954    1,892,329
Total liabilities.......................................    6,253,527    5,786,158    2,464,092
                                                            ---------    ---------    ---------
Shareholders' equity....................................      675,211      167,806      290,309
U.S. GAAP (UNAUDITED)
Long-term assets........................................    5,989,161    3,969,987    2,283,177
Total assets............................................    7,047,297    5,939,661    2,750,018
Shareholders' equity....................................      609,259       78,343      219,208
</TABLE>

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

INTERCONNECT DISPUTE WITH CENTERTEL

     On September 21, 2000 we submitted to Sad Okregowy w Warszawie XX Wydziaf
Gospodarczy (regional court) a citation for payment by Centertel, one of our two
direct competitors, for amounts due as the result of the absence of a mutually
agreed interconnect agreement. We insisted on the return of benefits received by
Centertel from the telecommunications traffic starting at Centertel and
finishing in our network. In the period between September 16, 1996 and the date
of citation, we performed for Centertel interconnect services in the amount
PLN 17 million. Following art. 405 of the Civil Code, we petitioned for the
return of benefits received by Centertel. On December 27, 2000, Centertel
answered our suit and on January 25, 2001 we responded to the objections raised
in their answer and introduced additional explanations upon the Court's request.
The case is ongoing with no court date currently set.

VOICE OVER INTERNET PROTOCOL

     On February 1, 2000, we received a summons from the State
Telecommunications and Postal Inspection as a result of an inspection conducted
by the agency in January 2000 of our Internet services. The summons ordered us
to cease providing international telephone service over the Internet network. In
response, we applied for reconsideration of the case, and on February 10, 2000,
we received a decision from the Ministry of Communications which rendered the
summons invalid. It was determined that we could continue to offer Internet
access services for subscribers who have data transmission service until a new
regulation was prepared by the Ministry of Communications. On October 3, 2000
the Ministry of Communications issued the new regulation which allowed us to
provide international telephone services over the Internet network without any
limitations. This regulation was valid until the end of December 2000. Since
January 1, 2001 the new Telecommunications Act has been in force and it
regulates future Internet access services. The new Telecommunications Act allows
all operators in Poland to use the Internet for Voice over Internet Protocol, or
VoIP services.

INTERCONNECT DISPUTE WITH TPSA

     We describe an interconnect dispute with TPSA in Item 4. Information of the
Company -- Interconnect Agreements.

PERSONAL DATA PROTECTION

     An investigation of our sales practices by the General Inspector of the
Personal Data Protection's (GIODO) office was conducted in the fourth quarter of
1999. Although the post-control protocol report neither outlined a legal
situation or suggested changes, it did reveal that we require our subscribers to
provide more identification
                                        57
<PAGE>   58

than what the GIODO office generally believes is necessary. In our opinion, such
documentation is necessary to verify the identity of our subscribers who enter
into an extended agreement for telecommunications services, and also, to assist
us in minimizing the risk of subscriber fraud. Together with other telecom
operators in Poland, we submitted a proposal to the Ministry of Communications
regarding changes to the existing law. The Ministry of Communications has not
taken a position on the matter, nor has it responded to the proposal. On July
14, 2000, GIODO issued a decision in which it stated that all the transgressions
of the existing law should be removed. On July 28, 2000, we appealed this
decision by asserting that the GIODO's objections are groundless and filed a
motion for further examination of the case. After the case was heard by the
court of second instance on September 21, 2000, the decision from July 14, 2000
was upheld. We appealed that decision to the Supreme Administrative Court on
October 19, 2000. The case has not been resolved yet. However, if GIODO
succeeds, we believe its decision will create additional burdens on our credit
background checks on subscribers, which may therefore result in increased credit
risks.

ITEM 9.  THE OFFER AND LISTING

MARKETS

     Our 10 3/4% Notes and our 11 1/4% Notes are traded in the over-the-counter
market and there is no active public trading market for such securities.

     There is no established trading market for our equity securities.

ITEM 10.  ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

MEMORANDUM AND ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

OBJECTS AND PURPOSES

     Under Polish law, the memorandum and articles of association of a company
are incorporated in a document known as the Formation Deed.

     We were formed on December 20, 1995, as a limited liability company under
the name "Polska Telefonia Cyfrowa Spolka z ograniczona odpowiedzialnoscia" for
an unlimited duration (Repertory A 20883/95). Our Formation Deed was last
amended on September 28, 2000. Article 5 of the Formation Deed describes our
business purposes:

     -  to conduct activities in the field of telecommunications, and in
        particular in the field of mobile telephony, data transmission and data
        communications, as well as all other telecommunications services,
        including Internet and Internet-related services and fixed telephony;
        and

     -  to conduct industrial, commercial and financial activities which are
        directly or indirectly indispensable or useful to pursue our purposes,
        and in particular we may set up branch offices and form companies in
        Poland or abroad.

SHARE RIGHTS AND RESTRICTIONS

     Our share capital amounts to PLN 471,000,000 and was divided into 471,000
equal and indivisible shares, each with a nominal value of PLN 1,000. The
Supervisory Board may require our shareholders to make additional capital
payments.

     Our Formation Deed sets forth the conditions for the sale, transfer, pledge
or other disposal of our shares, including:

     -   the requirement of Supervisory Board approval;

     -   the circumstances under which shares may be transferred to a
         shareholder holding more than 20% without Supervisory Board consent,
         i.e. as a result of a previously approved share pledge;

     -   a five-year waiting requirement, effective from the date the GSM 900
         License and related permit were obtained, which restricts shareholders
         holding no more than 5% from transferring their shares; and

     -   the rights of first refusal.
                                        58
<PAGE>   59

DIRECTORS

     The Supervisory Board currently consists of at least nine members. Each
shareholder holding more than 20% is entitled to appoint and dismiss two
members. Each shareholder holding more than 40% is entitled to appoint and
dismiss four members. The other member is elected at our Shareholders' Meeting.
In addition, the shareholders may revoke the appointment of any member of the
Supervisory Board at any Shareholders' Meeting, without giving any reasons
therefore, with a simple majority of all votes. The Formation Deed sets forth
additional criteria for the appointment of the members. Supervisory Board
resolutions are valid provided at least one member appointed by an Operating
Party participates in the meeting. A simple majority is sufficient to pass a
resolution, unless the Supervisory Board Internal Rules of Procedure provides
otherwise.

     The Supervisory Board's responsibilities include the following:

     -  to supervise actively our business;

     -  to approve the business plans and annual budgets;

     -  to appoint and recall members of the Management Board, and to determine
        their compensation;

     -  to consent to transactions and actions that require Supervisory Board
        approval under the Management Board Internal Rules of Procedure;

     -  to review the annual report, balance sheet, etc.;

     -  to appoint auditors; and

     -  to decide any other matters delegated to it under the Supervisory Board
        Internal Rules of Procedure or assigned to it under the Formation Deed,
        unless these matters were exclusively assigned to the Shareholders'
        Meeting.

     Pursuant to the Formation Deed, the Supervisory Board has the sole right of
supervision of our company.

     The Management Board is appointed and dismissed by the Supervisory Board
and is governed by the Management Board Internal Rules of Procedure, as adopted
by the Supervisory Board. We are represented by two members of the Management
Board acting jointly as set forth in the Formation Deed. The function and
responsibility of the Management Board is to manage all aspects of our company,
except for those matters reserved for the Supervisory Board or the Shareholders'
Meeting.

SHAREHOLDERS' MEETING

     The ordinary Shareholders' Meeting shall be held annually before the end of
June. An extraordinary Shareholders' Meeting may be called on the Supervisory
Board's request or upon the written request of shareholders holding 10% or more
of the share capital. Each share represents one vote and any resolutions,
including amendments to the Formation Deed, require the approval of 70% of the
share capital, and the approval of all Operating Parties. At a Shareholders'
Meeting, the shareholders may also pass a resolution on the redemption of the
shares subject to the conditions set forth in the Formation Deed or as defined
by law.

     Our shareholders have the following responsibilities:

     -  to review and approve the Management and Supervisory Boards' reports, as
        well as year-end balance sheets and financial statements;

     -  to exonerate members of the Management and Supervisory Boards and to
        determine the remuneration of the Supervisory Board members;

     -  to decide on the filing of claims against shareholders or members of the
        Management or Supervisory Boards;

     -  to resolve to retain or distribute any profits or to cover any losses;

     -  to resolve to increase or decrease the share capital;

                                        59
<PAGE>   60

     -  to amend the Formation Deed;

     -  to decide on the sale or lease of the enterprise or on the granting of
        the right of use thereof (under Polish law);

     -  to dissolve and liquidate our company; and

     -  to decide on any matters within the competence of the shareholders under
        the Formation Deed or under Polish law.

     It should also be noted that the sale or purchase of real property does not
require the approval of the Shareholders' Meeting.

COVENANT NOT TO COMPETE

     Unless expressly approved by the Supervisory Board, which approval shall
not be unreasonably withheld, our shareholders will not compete directly or
indirectly with us, or support competing activities of third parties in
providing GSM services in Poland other than in the ordinary course of business.
Upon the transfer of its shares by or the withdrawal of any shareholder, the
covenant not to compete will continue to apply for five years after the
effective date of the transfer or the withdrawal.

CONFIDENTIALITY

     Each shareholder is bound to keep in strict confidence all the
technological, financial and commercial information it received and must
undertake all indispensable measures to protect such information, unless the
information is not considered to be confidential or its disclosure is required
under Polish or other laws. The same restrictions apply to us and any
information we receive about the shareholders.

MISCELLANEOUS MATTERS

     The fiscal year coincides with the calendar year. In the event of a
liquidation, the shareholders will appoint one or more liquidators. In the event
of a dispute which cannot be resolved through negotiations, the Formation Deed
permits the use of arbitration.

MATERIAL CONTRACTS

BANK CREDIT FACILITIES

     In February 2001, we entered into:

     - a E550 million Bank Credit Facility (the "E550 Million Bank Credit
       Facility") with Deutsche Bank Luxembourg S.A., as Agent, Deutsche Bank AG
       London, Dresdner Bank Luxembourg S.A., The European Bank for
       Reconstruction and Development and Deutsche Bank Polska S.A., as lead
       arrangers, Deutsche Bank Polska S.A., as security agent, and the lenders
       party thereto (the "E550 Million Lenders"); and

     - a E100 million Bank Credit Facility (the "E100 Million Bank Credit
       Facility" and, together with the E550 Million Bank Credit Facility, the
       "Bank Credit Facilities") with Deutsche Bank Luxembourg S.A., as Agent,
       Deutsche Bank AG London, Dresdner Bank Luxembourg S.A. and Deutsche Bank
       Polska S.A., as lead arrangers, Deutsche Bank Polska S.A., as security
       agent, and the lenders party thereto (the "E100 Million Lenders" and
       together with the E550 Million Lenders, the "Lenders").

     Pursuant to the E550 Million Bank Credit Facility, the E550 Million Lenders
agreed to make advances to us on a revolving credit basis in the aggregate
principal amount of not more than E550 million. The E550 Million Bank Credit
Facility is comprised of two tranches:

     - an offshore tranche consisting of commitments totalling, at the date of
       agreement, E292,500,000 under which amounts shall be made available in
       Euro, U.S. dollars, Deutschmarks, Swiss Francs, Sterling, Japanese Yen or
       Zloty; and

                                        60
<PAGE>   61

     - a Zloty tranche consisting of commitments totalling at the date of the
       agreement the Zloty equivalent of E257,500,000 under which amounts shall
       be made available only in Zloty.

     Pursuant to the E100 Million Bank Credit Facility, the E100 Million Lenders
agreed to make loans to us on a revolving credit basis in the aggregate
principal amount of not more than E100 million. The E100 Million Bank Credit
Facility is comprised of two tranches:

     - an offshore tranche consisting of commitments totalling, at the date of
       agreement, E95,000,000 under which amounts shall be made available in
       Euro, U.S. dollars, Deutschmarks, Swiss Francs, Sterling, Japanese Yen or
       Zloty; and

     - a Zloty tranche consisting of commitments totalling, at the date of the
       agreement the Zloty equivalent of E5,000,000 under which amounts shall be
       made available only in Zloty.

     We have agreed with certain parties to the E100 Million Bank Credit
Facility that any drawdowns under the E100 Million Bank Credit Facility can only
take place if the E550 Million Bank Credit Facility is utilized in full. We may
be required to terminate the E100 Million Bank Credit Facility under certain
circumstances if we raise additional debt.

     Our ability to borrow funds under the Bank Credit Facilities depends upon
the satisfaction of a number of conditions including continuing compliance with
customary covenants and the accuracy of certain of our representations and
warranties at the time of each borrowing. The principal amount of the Bank
Credit Facilities is required to be repaid in full by February 20, 2006, unless
prepaid, and the Lenders' commitments thereunder reduced pro-rata according to
the following schedule:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                     REDUCTION AMOUNT FOR E550 MILLION    REDUCTION AMOUNT FOR E100 MILLION
INSTALLMENT DATE                           BANK CREDIT FACILITY                 BANK CREDIT FACILITY
----------------                     ---------------------------------    ---------------------------------
                                                    (E)                                  (E)
<S>                                  <C>                                  <C>
September 30, 2004.................              27,500,000                            5,000,000
December 31, 2004..................              82,500,000                           15,000,000
March 31, 2005.....................             110,000,000                           20,000,000
June 30, 2005......................             110,000,000                           20,000,000
September 30, 2005.................             110,000,000                           20,000,000
February 20, 2006..................             110,000,000                           20,000,000
                                                -----------                          -----------
                                                550,000,000                          100,000,000
                                                ===========                          ===========
</TABLE>

     All borrowings under the Bank Credit Facilities bear interest at a rate per
annum equal to, depending on the currency borrowed, the London, Euro or Warsaw
Interbank Offered Rate, commonly referred to as LIBOR, EURIBOR or WIBOR, plus in
each case a margin of between 0.6% and 0.9% per annum based on our ratio of
senior debt to EBITDA and any additional cost resulting from any lender's
compliance with any mandatory liquidity, reserve assets or cash margin
requirements of an applicable financial regulatory authority imputed to such
lender (and, in the case of The European Bank for Reconstruction and
Development, an extra 0.03%).

     Under the Bank Credit Facilities, we are required to submit our UMTS
business plan to the Lenders for their approval. We submitted this business plan
on April 9, 2001.

     The proceeds of the borrowings under the Bank Credit Facilities can be
applied towards:

     - the repayment of the DM 672 million facility agreement between us,
       Citibank N.A., as co-ordinator and Citibank (Poland) S.A. and Citibank
       N.A. as security agents, and various other lenders dated December 17,
       1997;

     - the financing of ongoing working capital requirements and GSM-network
       related capital expenditures;

     - the provision of an amount not to exceed E15 million in cash collateral
       for letters of credit;

     - the funding of two-thirds of the initial installments on the UMTS License
       due before December 20, 2001 (up to an amount not to exceed E150
       million), provided that the Lenders are satisfied that our

                                        61
<PAGE>   62

       shareholders have provided or will provide the other third of the initial
       installments on the UMTS License by December 20, 2001. (This requirement
       was waived on March 26, 2001 to allow us to enter into a senior
       subordinated bridge loan to make this one-third contribution to our
       license fee); and

     - expenditure on the UMTS network in the following circumstances:

       -  Before the Lenders have approved our UMTS business plan, we have
         undertaken not to spend more than E25 million on UMTS capital
         expenditures, working capital and operating expenses related to the
         UMTS network;

       -  After the Lenders have approved our UMTS business plan, there are no
         limits on our capital expenditure on the UMTS network; or

       -  If the Lenders reject our UMTS business plan, and we decide to
         refinance the Bank Credit Facilities, after we give the Lenders notice
         of our intention to refinance this facility, then we can utilize up to
         a maximum of E75 million to spend on our UMTS network. If the Lenders
         do not approve the UMTS business plan and we decide not to refinance
         the Bank Credit Facilities, we have agreed not to make any such
         expenditures on the UMTS network unless they are funded by capital
         contributions or shareholder loans. Even if the Lenders reject our UMTS
         business plan, we are still able to fund our non-UMTS expenditures
         using the Bank Credit Facilities.

     The Bank Credit Facilities contain affirmative covenants which include,
among others, maintenance of:

     - ratios of senior debt to EBITDA;

     - ratios of EBITDA to interest expense on senior debt; and

     - ratios of EBITDA to total debt.

     The covenants under the Bank Credit Facilities allow us and our
subsidiaries, under certain circumstances, to declare or pay dividends or make
other payments or distributions to shareholders and to service subordinated
indebtedness, including the notes, provided we meet certain financial covenants
and so long as certain events, such as a payment block, a default or an event of
default have not occurred and are continuing. The Bank Credit Facilities also
provides for various events of default, including:

     - a failure to make payments of interest and principal, breaches of our
       covenants, agreements, representations and warranties under the Bank
       Credit Facilities;

     - a default under any other indebtedness having an aggregate principal
       amount of E10 million;

     - the existence of a material unsatisfied judgment or order not subject to
       appeal;

     - the occurrence of certain events relating to bankruptcy or insolvency, or
       our making material changes in the nature of our business without the
       Lenders' prior consent;

     - changes in ownership of the Guarantor, that result in Deutsche Telekom AG
       or its subsidiaries, or Elektrim and/or Elektrim Telekomunikacja Sp. z
       o.o. owning less than 25.01% of the outstanding share capital of the
       Guarantor;

     - any governmental action that, in the reasonable opinion of the majority
       of the Lenders, has a material adverse effect on our condition or our
       ability to perform our obligations;

     - our failure to comply with any of the material provisions of, or our
       obligations, under the 10 3/4% Notes and the 11 1/4% Notes;

     - any event occurs which is likely to have a material adverse effect on our
       ability to repay the Bank Credit Facilities or on our business, financial
       condition, operations or performance;

     - the termination, revocation or suspension of any license for the
       operation of a telecommunications business; and

                                        62
<PAGE>   63

     - the reduction or diminution of any of the rights of our major
       shareholders under the Shareholders' Agreement, or the cancellation,
       suspension or termination of the Shareholders' Agreement without its
       replacement by an agreement having substantially the same terms and
       conditions, or any other event or series of events occurs that is likely
       to have a material adverse effect.

     Substantially all of our assets have been pledged to secure the Bank Credit
Facilities. Our Polish assets have been pledged in favor of the Lenders of the
Bank Credit Facilities. The asset pledge is required to be registered by a
Polish court in Warsaw in order to become effective. We have filed this pledge
with the court, but this filing has yet to be registered by the court. If the
court does not register the asset pledge by May 2, 2001, we have agreed that our
shareholders will pledge at least 51% of our shares or, alternatively, we will
have to repay in full all amounts we have drawn under the Bank Credit Facilities
on that date, which will be terminated on such repayment. If our shareholders
make such pledge and the court does not register the asset pledge or our
shareholders' share pledges by June 18, 2001, we have agreed that we will repay
in full amounts we have drawn under the Bank Credit Facilities on that date,
which will be terminated on such repayment. See Item 3. Key Information -- Risk
Factors.

BRIDGE FACILITY AGREEMENT

     On March 30, 2001, we entered into a senior subordinated bridge facility
agreement (the "Bridge Loan") arranged by Deutsche Bank AG London, pursuant to
which it made available to us E28 million. The Bridge Loan is a term loan that
matures on March 31, 2006. The Bridge Loan shall bear interest at a rate per
annum equal to EURIBOR, plus an applicable margin which shall increase over time
and any additional cost resulting from the lender's compliance with any
mandatory liquidity, reserve assets or cash margin requirements of an applicable
financial regulatory authority imputed to the lender. As set forth in the
agreement, the proceeds of the Bridge Loan were used to fund one-third of the
March 31, 2001 installment of the UMTS License fee.

SHAREHOLDERS' AGREEMENT

     See Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions -- Related
Party Transactions -- Shareholders' Agreement for a description of this
agreement.

EXCHANGE CONTROLS

     The export or import of capital to or from Poland is regulated by the
Foreign Exchange Law of December 18, 1998 (the "Foreign Exchange Law"). With
certain exceptions, the Foreign Exchange Law does not require a foreign exchange
permit for the transfer of the currency from Poland.

     On June 18, 1997, we were granted a foreign exchange permit by the National
Bank of Poland, valid until July 31, 2007, that allowed us to issue a guarantee
of amounts payable by PTC International B.V. in respect of the 10 3/4% Notes for
an amount up to U.S.$550 million, including amounts payable on redemption,
repurchase or at final maturity, interest and any additional amounts, and to
transfer amounts payable under our guarantee outside Poland. The Polish Foreign
Exchange Law was modified in December 1998 following which such foreign exchange
permits were no longer required.

TAXATION

POLAND

     The following general summary is based upon the income tax laws of Poland
and interpretations thereof by the Polish Ministry of Finance as in effect as of
the date hereof and is subject to any change that may come into effect
hereafter.

Payments of Principal, Interest and Redemption Premium under the Existing Notes

     All payments of interest, principal and redemption premium under the
Existing Notes by the Issuer may be made free of withholding taxes withheld or
assessed by Poland or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or
therein. A holder of a note who derives income from a note or who realizes a
gain on the disposal or

                                        63
<PAGE>   64

redemption of a note will be subject to Polish taxation on income or capital
gains if the holder is, or is deemed to be, resident in Poland for the purposes
of the relevant provisions in the tax laws of Poland.

The Exchange Offer

     A holder of a note should not be subject to Polish taxation on income or
capital gains by reason only of the exchange offer or the exchange of notes for
exchange notes.

     Payments of Principal, Interest and Redemption Premium under our Guarantee
to Holders of the Existing Notes.  Generally, a Polish withholding tax of 20%
applies to payments of interest and the initial issue discount under the
guarantee in respect of the Existing Notes, in each case paid by us under the
guarantee to non-residents of Poland. Withholding tax may, however, be reduced
by an appropriate double taxation treaty to which Poland is a party and the
"interest" article of which provides for full or partial exemption from
withholding on interest payments. However, in order to benefit from an
appropriate double taxation treaty, the holder of an Existing Note is obliged to
provide us with a certificate of fiscal residence issued by the appropriate tax
authorities in the country of its residence. Treaties providing for full
exemption from withholding on interest payments are currently in effect between
Poland and (i) the United States and (ii) the United Kingdom, among others.

     The difference between the issue price and the redemption price of the
Existing Notes in the case of early redemption may be treated as income obtained
in Poland and will be taxed pursuant to the tax rate applicable in the year of
such redemption.

     Tax on Civil Law Transactions Consequences of our Assumption of the
Obligations of PTC International Finance II S.A. under the Existing
Notes.  Polish tax on civil law transactions at a rate of 1% applies to any sale
of property rights that are exercised in Poland, or if they are exercised
abroad, but the purchaser of the property rights resides in Poland and the law
transaction was executed in Poland. Accordingly, in the event that we assume the
obligations of PTC International Finance II S.A. on the Existing Notes, Polish
tax on civil law transactions may apply to sales or dispositions of the Existing
Notes or any right therein by holders of Existing Notes. Since the Existing
Notes, after such assumption, will confer rights that will be enforceable in
Poland, it will be arguable that sales of the Existing Notes between foreign
holders may also be subject to tax on civil law transactions. The applicability
of Polish tax on civil law transactions to such sales is not free from doubt.

DOCUMENTS ON DISPLAY

     All the documents mentioned in this 20-F report may be found in Polska
Telefonia Cyfrowa, Al. Jerozolimskie 181, 02-222 Warsaw, Poland. The contact
person is Malgorzata Zelezinska (+48.22.413.3275).

SUBSIDIARY INFORMATION

     All intercompany balances and transactions are eliminated in consolidation.
The consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of Polska
Telefonia Cyfrowa Sp. z o.o. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, PTC
International Finance B.V. and PTC International Finance (Holding) B.V.

     On June 17, 1997, PTC International Finance B.V. was incorporated under the
laws of the Netherlands for the purpose of issuing the 10 3/4% Notes. We have
acquired 40 fully-paid shares with a par value of 1,000 Netherlands Guilders
each, issued by PTC International Finance B.V. PTC International Finance B.V.
has no subsidiaries of its own.

     On November 5, 1999, PTC International Finance II S.A. was incorporated
under the laws of Luxembourg and on November 16, 1999, PTC International Finance
(Holding) B.V. was incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands for the
purpose of issuing the 11 1/4% Notes. We have acquired 40 fully-paid shares with
a par value of 1,000 Netherlands Guilders each, issued by PTC International
Finance (Holding) B.V. PTC International Finance II S.A.'s issued and
outstanding share capital consists of 125 fully-paid shares with a par value of
E1,000, all of which are beneficially owned by PTC International Finance
(Holding) B.V. PTC International Finance II S.A. has no subsidiaries.

                                        64
<PAGE>   65

ITEM 11.  QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

     The Federal Reserve Bank of New York does not certify for customs purposes
a noon buying rate for Zloty. For the convenience of the reader, Item 11 of this
Form 20-F (if not otherwise stated) contains translations of:

     -  certain U.S. dollar amounts into Zlotys at the rate of U.S.$1.00 = PLN
        4.1432, the exchange rate quoted for accounting purposes by the National
        Bank of Poland, the Polish central bank, on December 31, 2000;

     -  certain Deutschmark amounts into Zlotys at the rate of DM 1.00 = PLN
        1.9707, the exchange rate quoted for accounting purposes by the National
        Bank of Poland, the Polish central bank, on December 31, 2000; and

     -  certain Euro amounts into Zlotys at the rate of E1.00 = PLN 3.854, the
        exchange rate quoted for accounting purposes by the National Bank of
        Poland, the Polish central bank, on December 31, 2000.

     These translations should not be construed as representations that such
Zloty amounts actually represent such U.S. dollar amounts or could be, or could
have been, converted into U.S. dollars at the rates indicated or at any other
rate.

QUALITATIVE INFORMATION ABOUT MARKET RISK

THE GENERAL RISK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES

     The general goal of our Treasury is to obtain cost efficient funding for us
and to identify, measure and, if necessary, hedge financial risk. The Hedging
Policy provides principles for our overall financial risk management. The
Hedging Policy sets a framework within which hedging activity should be
conducted. However, it allows some discretion in the precise hedging strategy to
be adopted, to allow the Treasury department to react to market conditions. Each
year the Treasury department prepares a Hedging Strategy according to the
Hedging Policy, which is later submitted to the Management Board and Operating
Parties. The ultimate responsibility for agreeing the details of the annual
hedging strategy rests with the Management Board and Operating Parties based on
the recommendations of the Risk Management Committee, consisting of the Director
of Finance, the Treasurer, the Controller and the Tax Manager. The
responsibility for the execution of foreign exchange and interest rate hedge
transactions, within the agreed strategy and in conformity with the Policy rests
with the treasury function of our company. On the other hand, the Management
Board and the Operating Parties must approve all actions taken to hedge
translation risk.

THE PRIMARY MARKET RISK EXPOSURES

     The Company is subject to market risk associated with fluctuations of
foreign exchange rates and interest rates.

Foreign Exchange Risk

     Foreign currency risk management is aimed both at minimizing the volatility
of our cash flows in Zloty terms (arising from fluctuations in the exchange rate
of the Zloty against other currencies) and at minimizing the adverse effect of
movements in exchange rates on the earnings and value of the company in Zloty
terms.

     The foreign exchange rate exposure may be either transaction exposure or
translation exposure.

     Transaction Exposure.  Foreign exchange transaction exposure occurs when we
have cash inflows or outflows in currencies other than Zloty. Treasury manages
the transaction exposure based on forecasts of cash flows denominated in foreign
currencies. These forecasts distinguish between forecasts of cash flows where
there is significant certainty as to both the amount and timing of the cash flow
("Committed Exposures") and those where there is some uncertainty about the
amount and/or timing of the cash flow ("Uncommitted Exposures"). Hedging
activities are undertaken on the basis of a rolling 12 months forecast provided
by the Treasury function and our business units. We normally seek to cover
Committed Exposures in the range of such figures to be agreed by the Management
Board and Operating Shareholders on at least annual basis, providing hedging can
be obtained.

                                        65
<PAGE>   66

     Translation Exposure.  Foreign exchange translation exposure occurs when
profit and loss or balance sheet items are denominated in foreign currencies.
The movement of the Zloty against these currencies between reporting dates will
result in a movement in the Zloty value of these items. The Management Board and
Operating Parties must approve any action taken to hedge translation exposure.

     We do not speculate in foreign currency. Speculation is defined as any
action taken to increase an exposure beyond that which exists due to an
underlying commercial activity, in the expectation of making a foreign currency
gain.

     The foreign exchange risk management transactions may be undertaken using
the following instruments:

     -  forward and NDF transactions;

     -  currency swaps;

     -  cross-currency interest rate swaps; or

     -  FX options.

Interest Rate Risk

     We are exposed to interest rate risk related to interest payables and, to a
smaller extent, to interest receivables on short term investments. Interest rate
risk exposure arises from external financing denominated both in domestic and
foreign currency. Our interest bearing liabilities are based on fixed and
floating interest rates.

     Debt liabilities based on fixed interest rate are as follows:

     -  the 10 3/4% Notes for the total value of U.S.$253,203,000

     -  the 11 1/4% Notes for the total value of U.S.$150,000,000

     -  the 11 1/4% Notes for the total value of E300,000,000

     Debt liabilities based on floating interest rate are our Bank Credit
Facilities for the total bank commitments of E650 million of which E387,500,000
is available in various currencies and E262,500,000 is available in Zloty. The
interest rate related to each drawdown is determined at the drawdown date and
fixed for the maturity of respective drawdown.

     The interest rate exposure consists of a risk of increasing short term
interest rates which would result in higher financing costs as well as a risk of
decrease of short term interest rates which may result in decrease of return on
short-term investments. In general, much more important to us is the impact of
interest rate fluctuations on the financing costs than on revenues.

     Our interest rate exposure is managed by:

     -  managing the maturity periods of investments and borrowings;

     -  varying the proportions of our debt which bear interest on a fixed and a
        floating basis; and

     -  varying the period of time for which the interest rate is fixed in
        respect to the loan facility.

     In addition to the interest rate management tools described above we may,
in line with our Hedging Policy, and with the consent of our Operating Parties,
enter into the following interest rate hedging transactions:

     -  forward rate agreements (FRAs);

     -  interest rate swaps;

     -  interest rate options (caps, floors, collars).

     In the year 2000, we did not conduct any interest rate hedging
transactions.

Credit Risk

     Commercial Credit Risk.  We operate in one industry segment, providing
cellular telephone communication services. Substantially all of our trade
debtors are Polish businesses and individuals. Further, we have established

                                        66
<PAGE>   67

a network of dealers within Poland to distribute our products. The dealers share
many economic characteristics, therefore receivables from each of these dealers
present similar risks to us.

     Concentrations of credit risk with respect to trade receivables are limited
due to the large number of subscribers comprising our customer base. Ongoing
credit evaluations of our customers' financial condition are performed and
generally, no collateral is required. We maintain provisions for potential
credit losses and such losses, in the aggregate, have not exceeded management's
estimates. No single customer accounts for 10% or more of revenues, except for
transactions with TPSA.

     Financial Credit Risk.  There is a risk that the counterparties may be
unable to meet their obligations related to financial instruments. This credit
risk is monitored and measured by our Treasury function. In order to minimize
our risk we limit our counterparties to a sufficient number of major banks and
financial institutions.

     The direct credit risk represents the risk of loss resulting from
counterparty default in relation to on-balance sheet products. The held to
maturity and market investments are subject to high quality credit criteria. The
investments are also closely monitored by our Treasury function. The Treasury
function does not expect that we would be exposed to credit risk from our
counterparties due to their high credit ratings.

CHANGES IN FUTURE REPORTING PERIODS

     In 2000, we implemented our Hedging Policy and engaged in our first hedging
transactions. The plans for the year 2001 are focused on further limitation of
foreign exchange and interest rate fluctuations in our financial results and
cash flows. In order to complete this task, we refinanced the existing credit
facility. In the Bank Credit Facilities the Zloty and Euro commitments have been
almost doubled. This allows us to repay some of the existing foreign currency
indebtedness, and consequently to reduce foreign exchange exposure. However, as
the implementation of new facility starts, the overall exposure will increase.

     We are working on widening our hedging strategy, which has focused up to
this point on managing short term cash exposures, to managing medium and long
term cash exposures. We plan to enter into long term hedging transactions in
order to stabilize future cash flows.

     Due to the increase of debt amount based on floating interest rate, the
overall interest rate exposure is expected to grow. Therefore, we will consider
the possibility of entering into interest rate hedging transactions.

QUANTITATIVE INFORMATION ABOUT MARKET RISK

INTEREST RATE RISK

     Our significant liabilities consist of the Bank Credit Facilities (which as
of March 8, 2001, replaced the 1997 Bank Credit Facility), the Existing Notes
and the lease agreements. Only our Bank Credit Facilities are based on variable
interest rates and, consequently, it is the only source of interest rate risk
for us. At any time, a sharp rise in interest rates could have a material
adverse impact upon our cost of working capital and interest expenses. No
material changes have occurred that would impact our exposure to interest rate
risk.

     Our existing Bank Credit Facilities, which we entered into in February
2001, refinanced the 1997 Bank Credit Facility, which we had entered into in
1997. Under the 1997 Bank Credit Facility, at December 31, 2000, our exposure
consisted of a Zloty tranche of PLN 529.4 million at the rate of WIBOR plus 0.6%
p.a. and a multicurrency tranche utilized in the amount of DM 156.5 million at
the rate of LIBOR plus 0.6% p.a. The table below presents principal and interest
payments under the 1997 Bank Credit Facility. The weighted average interest
rates were computed using the applicable LIBOR and WIBOR rates, plus a margin of
0.6% per annum and the exchange rate of PLN 1.9707 = DM 1.00. Each drawdown has
a short-term maturity date, which can be rolled over, subject to the annual
repayment schedule for the entire facility.

                                        67
<PAGE>   68

Principal and Interest Payments under the 1997 Bank Credit Facility (in
thousands of PLN)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1997                                                                                                                  FAIR
BANK CREDIT                                                                                                          VALUE
FACILITY                   2001         2002         2003         2004         2005      THEREAFTER     TOTAL       12/31/00
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                    <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
 Variable Rate
 (PLN)                   189,271      186,100      178,559      155,254      131,948         --        841,132      529,416
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Weighted Average Effective Interest Rate 20.36%
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 Variable Rate
 (DM)                     17,086       17,086       17,086      158,298      172,416         --        381,972      308,415
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Weighted Average Effective Interest Rate 5.54%
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

     In the above table and all subsequent tables, we estimate the fair values
of fixed rate long-term debt using the expected future payments discounted at
market interest rates, except for publicly traded liabilities which are valued
at market values.

     The Bank Credit Facilities at March 8, 2001 (being the date of first
drawdowns under the Bank Credit Facilities) consisted of a Zloty tranche of PLN
600 million at the rate of WIBOR plus 0.6% per annum and a multicurrency tranche
utilized in the amount of E115.0 million at the rate of LIBOR plus 0.6% per
annum. The floating interest rate is based on the appropriate LIBOR rates for
the multicurrency tranches or the appropriate WIBOR rates for the Zloty
tranches, plus applicable margins of between 0.6% and 0.9%. The table below
presents principal and interest payments of the Bank Credit Facilities as at
March 8, 2001. For the purpose of the calculation of future debt cash flows, we
used applicable LIBOR and WIBOR rates, plus a margin of 0.6% per annum and the
exchange rate of PLN 3.7132 = E1.00, as of March 8, 2001.

Principal and Interest Payments under the Bank Credit Facilities (in thousands
of PLN)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                                      FAIR
BANK CREDIT                                                                                                          VALUE
FACILITIES                 2001         2002         2003         2004         2005      THEREAFTER     TOTAL        3/8/01
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                    <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
 Variable Rate
 (PLN)                    92,868      113,748      113,748      113,748      482,119      209,117     1,125,348     600,000
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Weighted Average Effective Interest Rate 18.96%
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Variable Rate
 (E)                      18,865       23,106       23,106       23,106      147,683      303,005      538,871      427,018
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Weighted Average Effective Interest Rate 5.41%
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

FOREIGN CURRENCY RISK

     As of December 31, 2000 our main obligations were denominated in foreign
currencies (E707.4 million and U.S.$419.5 million and DM 156.5 million).

     We are subject to foreign currency risk primarily due to debt agreements
and, to a lesser extent, agreements with network equipment and handset vendors.
In order to manage the volatility relating to our more significant short-term
market risks (cash outflows), we entered into forward foreign currency exchange
contracts and non-deliverable forward exchange currency contracts. A formalized
treasury risk management policy was implemented since the beginning of 2000 and
describes the procedures and controls over executing these transactions. This
policy also recommends natural hedging strategies such as changing of the
supplier invoicing currency to Zloty and increasing Zloty commitments in the
Bank Credit Facilities. Under our current treasury risk management policy we do
not hold derivative financial instruments for trading purposes.

                                        68
<PAGE>   69

     Long-term market risk associated with the foreign currency exchange rate
fluctuations is hedged only with the natural hedging which consist of change of
the invoicing currency to Zloty, as well as the increase of the Zloty
commitments in the Bank Credit Facilities.

Foreign Currency Obligations

     The table below summarizes, as at December 31, 2000 our foreign currency
denominated long-term obligations together with short-term portions thereof,
including their fair value. For purposes of calculating the future cash flows,
we used applicable debt interest rates in the case of fixed interest liabilities
and, in the case of variable rate liabilities, the average weighted interest
rates reflecting applicable LIBOR rates plus a margin of 0.6% per annum, the
exchange rate of PLN 4.1432 = U.S.$1.00, the exchange rate of PLN 3.8544 =
E1.00, and the exchange rate of PLN 1.9707 = DM1.00.

Principal and Interest Payments under Foreign Currency Obligations (in thousands
of PLN)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                     2001         2002        2003        2004        2005      THEREAFTER       TOTAL
                                     ----         ----        ----        ----        ----      ----------       -----
<S>                              <C>           <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>           <C>
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Fixed interest rate (Euro)
    GSM 900 License.............     216,232          --          --          --          --            --       216,232
    GSM 1800 License............      64,428      64,428          --          --          --            --       128,856
    UMTS License................     963,600          --          --          --      57,816     1,445,400     2,466,816
    11 1/4% Notes...............     130,086     130,086     130,086     130,086     130,086     1,676,664     2,327,094
  Fixed interest rate (U.S.$)
    10 3/4% Notes...............          --          --     112,775     112,775     112,775     1,274,621     1,612,946
    11 1/4% Notes...............      69,917      69,917      69,917      69,917      69,917       901,146     1,250,731
    Headquarters lease..........      30,577      30,577      30,577      30,577      30,577       276,181       429,066
  Variable interest rate (DM)
    1997 Bank Credit Facility         17,086      17,086      17,086     158,298     172,416            --       381,972
      (DM)......................
                                   ---------     -------     -------     -------     -------     ---------     ---------
  Total.........................   1,491,926     312,094     360,441     501,653     573,587     5,574,012     8,813,713
                                   =========     =======     =======     =======     =======     =========     =========
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<CAPTION>
--------------------------------  -------------
                                   FAIR VALUE
                                    12/31/00
                                   ----------
<S>                               <C>
-----------------------------------------------
  Fixed interest rate (Euro)
    GSM 900 License.............      209,841
    GSM 1800 License............      112,225
    UMTS License................    1,244,531
    11 1/4% Notes...............    1,098,504
  Fixed interest rate (U.S.$)
    10 3/4% Notes...............      692,387
    11 1/4% Notes...............      584,191
    Headquarters lease..........      222,206
  Variable interest rate (DM)
    1997 Bank Credit Facility         308,415
      (DM)......................
                                    ---------
  Total.........................    4,472,300
                                    =========
-----------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

     Following the refinancing of the 1997 Bank Credit Facility and the entry
into the Bank Credit Facility in February 2001, the payments related to our
foreign currency obligations under our senior debt obligations changed.

     The table below presents principal and interest payments of the Bank Credit
Facilities as at March 8, 2001. For purposes of calculating the future cash
flows, we used the applicable LIBOR rates, plus a margin of 0.6% per annum and
the exchange rate of PLN 3.7132 = E1.00, as of March 8, 2001.

Principal and Interest Payments under the Bank Credit Facilities (multicurrency
tranche, in thousands of PLN)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                           2001          2002          2003          2004          2005       THEREAFTER       TOTAL
                           ----          ----          ----          ----          ----       ----------       -----
                         ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                    <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
  Variable Rate
  (E)                     18,865        23,106        23,106        23,106        147,683       303,005       538,871
                       ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- -------------
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Weighted Average Effective Interest Rate 5.41%
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<CAPTION>
---------------------  ---------------
                         FAIR VALUE
                           3/8/01
                         ----------
                         -------------
<S>                    <C>
  Variable Rate
  (E)                      427,018
                       ---------------
--------------------------------------
  Weighted Average Ef
--------------------------------------
</TABLE>

     To reduce the level of foreign currency exposure, we placed in escrow
accounts a portion of the net proceeds of the 11 1/4% Notes, which amounted to
E80.5 million and U.S.$39.0 million. As at December 31, 2000, the amounts
remaining in the escrow accounts were E47.2 million and U.S.$23.8 million. These
amounts secure the interest payments on the 11 1/4% Notes until June 1, 2002.

     In 2000, we entered into 24 NDF and forward transactions for a total
notional amount of E154.5 million and U.S.$25.6 million. Most of the
transactions were settled in the year 2000; however, eight of them were still
outstanding as of December 31, 2000 and hedged our significant twelve month
financing cash outflows in foreign

                                        69
<PAGE>   70

currency. These consisted of seven Euro transactions for the total notional
amount of E73.0 million and one U.S. dollar transaction for the amount of
U.S.$8.4 million.

     The table below presents the information related to the above transactions
(in thousands of PLN):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                        WEIGHTED AVERAGE                     FAIR VALUE    FAIR VALUE
    PRINCIPAL VALUE IN CURRENCY        MATURITY DATE      FORWARD RATE        FAIR VALUE       AVERAGE         MIN
    ---------------------------        -------------    ----------------      ----------     ----------    ----------
  ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C>                              <C>               <C>                 <C>              <C>           <C>
                                                                           December 31,      Year 2000     Year 2000
                                                                                  2000
  ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                               Non-Delivery forward contract
  ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    E 56.1 million .................   April 2, 2001      4.5211               (30,028)        (11,179)      (30,028)
  ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                     Forward contracts
  ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    E 16.9 million .................    June 1, 2001      4.7271               (11,107)         (6,056)      (11,107)
    U.S.$8.4 million ...............    June 1, 2001      4.9100                (4,738)         (1,115)       (4,738)
                                                                               -------         -------
                                                                               (45,873)        (18,350)
                                                                               =======         =======
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<CAPTION>
---  -------------
      FAIR VALUE
          MAX
      ----------
  ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------   -------------
<S>  <C>
      Year 2000
  ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------   -------------
     Non-Delivery
         forward
        contract
  ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------   -------------
          6,480
  ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------   -------------
        Forward
        contracts
  ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------   -------------
            (79)
            951
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

EMBEDDED OPTIONS

Redemption of the 11 1/4% Notes

     The issuer of the 11 1/4% Notes (PTC International Finance II S.A.) at its
option may, from time to time, redeem all or a part of the 11 1/4% Notes at any
time on or after December 1, 2004 on not less than 30 nor more than 60 days'
prior notice in amounts of E1,000 or U.S.$1,000, as the case may be, or integral
multiples thereof at the following redemption prices (expressed as percentages
of principal amount at maturity), plus accrued interest, if any, to the
redemption date, if redeemed during the 12-month period beginning on the dates
indicated below (subject to the right of holders of record on relevant record
dates to receive interest due):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                   REDEMPTION
    PERIOD                                                           PRICE
    ------                                                         ----------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C>                                                          <C>
    December 1, 2004............................................    105.625%
    December 1, 2005............................................    103.750%
    December 1, 2006............................................    101.875%
    December 1, 2007 and thereafter.............................    100.000%
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

     In addition, prior to December 1, 2002, the issuer of the 11 1/4% may on
one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the initial aggregate principal amount
of the 11 1/4% Notes, with all or a portion of the net proceeds of a public
equity offering, provided that

     -  immediately after the offering at least 60% in aggregate principal
        amount of the applicable Notes remain outstanding,

     -  it has received an equivalent amount of proceeds as a prepayment of the
        Intercompany Receivables, and

     -  the redemption must occur within 75 days of the closing of the public
        equity offering.

     The redemption price for the 11 1/4% Notes is 111.25% of the principal
amount thereof, together with accrued interest, if any, to the date of
redemption (subject to the right of holders of record on record dates to receive
interest due on interest payment dates).

                                        70
<PAGE>   71

Redemption of the 10 3/4% Notes

     The 10 3/4% Notes will not be redeemable at the option of the issuer (PTC
International Finance B.V.) of the 10 3/4% Notes prior to July 1, 2002.
Thereafter, the 10 3/4% Notes will be redeemable at the option of such issuer,
in whole or in part, on not less than 30 nor more than 60 days' prior notice, at
the following redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount),
plus accrued and unpaid interest (if any) to the date of redemption, if redeemed
during the 12-month period commencing on July 1 of the years set forth below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              REDEMPTION
PERIOD                                                          PRICE
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                          <C>
 2002.......................................................   105.375%
 2003.......................................................   103.583%
 2004.......................................................   101.792%
 2005 and thereafter........................................   100.000%
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

Redemption of the Existing Notes at the Option of the Holders

     The holders of the Existing Notes may, at their option, require us to
purchase their notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount
of such notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of purchase, if we
encounter certain change of control events. Such change of control provisions
principally involve any person or group becoming the beneficial owner of 50% or
more of the total voting power of our shares, except if such person or group are
existing shareholders or else they are an international telecommunications
company with substantial experience in mobile telecommunications operations.

ITEM 12.  DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES

     Not applicable.

                                    PART II

ITEM 13.  DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES

     None.

ITEM 14.  MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF
PROCEEDS

     None.

                                    PART III

ITEM 17.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     None.

                                        71
<PAGE>   72

ITEM 18.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     The following are the financial statements included in this Annual Report:

<TABLE>
         <S>                                                          <C>
         Report of Independent Public Accountants....................     F-1

         Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended
           December 31, 2000, 1999 and 1998..........................     F-2

         Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2000 and
           December 31, 1999.........................................     F-3

         Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended
           December 31, 2000, 1999 and 1998..........................     F-3

         Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity for the Years
           Ended December 31, 2000, 1999 and 1998....................     F-5

         Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements..............     F-6
</TABLE>

ITEM 19.  EXHIBITS

     The following is a list of exhibits to this Annual Report on Form 20-F:

<TABLE>
         <S>   <C>
         1.1   Deed of Formation, as amended, dated September 28, 2000.+

         2.1   Indenture, dated as of November 23, 1999, among PTC
               International Finance II S.A., PTC International Finance
               (Holding) B.V., Polska Telefonia Cyfrowa Sp. z o.o. and
               State Street Bank and Trust Company, as trustee*

         2.2   Indenture, dated as of July 1, 1997, among Polska Telefonia
               Cyfrowa Sp. z o.o., PTC International Finance B.V. and The
               Bank of New York, as trustee, and Amendment No. 1 thereto
               dated November 19, 1999*

         4.1   Shareholders' Agreement, dated December 21, 1995, as amended
               by Amendment No. 1 dated March 11, 1997*

         4.2   Project Outline Agreement, dated April 14, 1997, between
               Polska Telefonia Cyfrowa Sp. z o.o. and MediaOne
               International B.V.*

         4.3   Framework Agreement, dated December 13, 1996, between Polska
               Telefonia Cyfrowa Sp. z o.o. and MediaOne International
               B.V.*

         4.4   Implementation Agreement, dated April 14, 1997, between
               Polska Telefonia Cyfrowa Sp. z o.o. and MediaOne
               International B.V.*

         4.5   Framework Agreement for Secondments, dated October 16, 1996,
               between Polska Telefonia Cyfrowa Sp. z o.o. and DeTeMobil
               Deutsche Telekom MobilNet GmbH*

         4.6   Service Agreement, dated May 17, 1996, and amended on May
               28, 1996, between Polska Telefonia Cyfrowa Sp. z o.o. and
               Elektrim S.A.*

         4.7   Framework Agreement For Services, dated June 7, 1996,
               between Polska Telefonia Cyfrowa Sp. z o.o. and DeTeMobil
               Deutsche Telekom MobilNet GmbH*
</TABLE>

---------------

+ Previously filed as an exhibit to our Annual Report on Form 20-F with the
  Securities and Exchange Commission on April 2, 2001 and incorporated by
  reference herein.

* Previously filed as exhibits to our Registration Statement on Form F-4 filed
  with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 10, 2000 and incorporated
  by reference herein.

                                        72
<PAGE>   73

                                   SIGNATURES

     Pursuant to the requirements of Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934, the Registrant certifies that it meets all of the requirements for
filing on Form 20-F/A and has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf
by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

                                          POLSKA TELEFONIA CYFROWA Sp. z o.o.
                                          (Registrant)

                                          By:    /s/  Boguslaw Kulakowski
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Boguslaw Kulakowski, Director
                                              General

                                          By:      /s/  Wojciech Ploski
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Wojciech Ploski, Director of
                                              Strategy,
                                            Marketing & Sales

                                          By:     /s/  Jonathan Eastick
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Jonathan Eastick, Director of
                                              Finance

April 12, 2001

                                        73
<PAGE>   74

                      POLSKA TELEFONIA CYFROWA SP. Z O.O.

                       CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                            TOGETHER WITH REPORT OF
                         INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
                              FOR THE YEARS ENDED
                        DECEMBER 31, 2000, 1999 AND 1998
<PAGE>   75

                    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

To the Supervisory Board of Polska Telefonia Cyfrowa Sp. z o.o.

     We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Polska
Telefonia Cyfrowa Sp. z o.o. (a Polish limited liability company) and its
subsidiaries as of December 31, 2000 and 1999, and the related consolidated
statements of operations, consolidated statements of changes in equity and
consolidated statements of cash flows for each of the consecutive three years
ended December 31, 2000. These consolidated financial statements are the
responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

     We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards in the United States. Those standards require that we plan and perform
the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements
are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis,
evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An
audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis
for our opinion.

     In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above
present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of
Polska Telefonia Cyfrowa Sp. z o.o. and its subsidiaries, as at December 31,
2000 and 1999, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each
of the consecutive three years ended December 31, 2000 in accordance with
Statements of International Accounting Standards issued by the International
Accounting Standards Committee ("IAS").

     Accounting practices used by the Company in preparing the accompanying
financial statements conform with IAS but do not conform with accounting
principles generally accepted in the United States ("US GAAP"). A description of
these differences and a reconciliation of net income and shareholders' equity
from accounting principles generally accepted under IAS and US GAAP are set
forth in Note 31.

Arthur Andersen Sp. z o.o.

Warsaw, Poland
March 15, 2001

                                       F-1
<PAGE>   76

              POLSKA TELEFONIA CYFROWA SP. Z O.O. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                              FOR THE YEARS ENDED
            DECEMBER 31, 2000, DECEMBER 31, 1999, DECEMBER 31, 1998
                             (IN THOUSANDS OF PLN)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           YEAR ENDED     YEAR ENDED     YEAR ENDED
                                                          DECEMBER 31,   DECEMBER 31,   DECEMBER 31,
                                                  NOTES       2000           1999           1998
                                                  -----   ------------   ------------   ------------
<S>                                               <C>     <C>            <C>            <C>
NET SALES......................................     8       3,632,420      2,592,061      1,610,811
COST OF SALES..................................     9      (2,250,423)    (1,662,851)      (948,414)
                                                           ----------     ----------     ----------
GROSS MARGIN...................................             1,381,997        929,210        662,397
OPERATING EXPENSES.............................     9        (766,016)      (612,559)      (381,275)
                                                           ----------     ----------     ----------
OPERATING PROFIT...............................               615,981        316,651        281,122
NON-OPERATING ITEMS
Interest and other financial income............    10         227,125         58,042         21,398
Interest and other financial expenses..........    11        (716,665)      (456,305)      (187,197)
                                                           ----------     ----------     ----------
INCOME/(LOSS) BEFORE TAXATION..................               126,441        (81,612)       115,323
TAXATION CHARGE................................    12         (28,790)       (40,891)      (109,807)
                                                           ----------     ----------     ----------
COMPREHENSIVE NET PROFIT/(LOSS)................                97,651       (122,503)         5,516
                                                           ==========     ==========     ==========
</TABLE>

  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
                                  statements.
                                       F-2
<PAGE>   77

              POLSKA TELEFONIA CYFROWA SP. Z O.O. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                 AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2000 AND DECEMBER 31, 1999
                             (IN THOUSANDS OF PLN)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           AT              AT
                                                                      DECEMBER 31,    DECEMBER 31,
                                                             NOTES        2000            1999
                                                             -----    ------------    ------------
<S>                                                          <C>      <C>             <C>
CURRENT ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents................................     27          29,465       1,095,509
Short-term investments...................................     13         191,679         198,468
Debtors and prepayments..................................     14         481,666         464,245
Inventory................................................     15         209,290         183,980
                                                                       ---------       ---------
                                                                         912,100       1,942,202
LONG-TERM ASSETS
Tangible fixed assets, net...............................     16       3,514,091       2,573,905
Intangible fixed assets, net.............................     17       2,314,171       1,050,775
Financial assets.........................................     13          96,880         301,829
Deferred cost............................................     18          91,496          85,253
                                                                       ---------       ---------
                                                                       6,016,638       4,011,762
                                                                       ---------       ---------
TOTAL ASSETS.............................................              6,928,738       5,953,964
                                                                       =========       =========
CURRENT LIABILITIES......................................     19       2,209,334       1,179,204
LONG-TERM INTEREST-BEARING LIABILITIES...................     20       3,986,391       4,578,412
DEFERRED TAX LIABILITY, NET..............................     12          55,944          27,322
PROVISIONS FOR LIABILITIES AND CHARGES...................     21           1,858           1,220
                                                                       ---------       ---------
TOTAL LIABILITIES........................................              6,253,527       5,786,158
                                                                       ---------       ---------
SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Share capital............................................     22         471,000         471,000
Additional paid-in capital...............................     22         409,754              --
Accumulated deficit......................................               (205,543)       (303,194)
                                                                       ---------       ---------
                                                                         675,211         167,806
                                                                       ---------       ---------
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY...............              6,928,738       5,953,964
                                                                       =========       =========
</TABLE>

  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
                                  statements.
                                       F-3
<PAGE>   78

              POLSKA TELEFONIA CYFROWA SP. Z O.O. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                              FOR THE YEARS ENDED
           DECEMBER 31, 2000, DECEMBER 31, 1999 AND DECEMBER 31, 1998
                             (IN THOUSANDS OF PLN)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        YEAR ENDED      YEAR ENDED      YEAR ENDED
                                                       DECEMBER 31,    DECEMBER 31,    DECEMBER 31,
                                                           2000            1999            1998
                                                       ------------    ------------    ------------
<S>                                                    <C>             <C>             <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
NET PROFIT/(LOSS) BEFORE TAXATION..................        126,441         (81,612)        115,323
ADJUSTMENTS FOR:
Depreciation and amortization......................        519,705         281,697         158,291
Charge to provision and write-offs of doubtful
  debtors..........................................        146,624         143,890          90,694
Charge to provision for inventory..................          7,082           4,410          (3,309)
Other provisions and special funds.................            638            (891)            835
Foreign exchange (gains)/losses, net...............        (92,207)        143,602          10,880
Loss on disposal of tangibles and intangibles......          8,664           8,146             983
Interest expense, net..............................        501,580         247,527         123,770
Other..............................................             --              --            (593)
                                                        ----------      ----------      ----------
OPERATING CASH FLOWS BEFORE WORKING CAPITAL
  CHANGES..........................................      1,218,527         746,769         496,874
Increase in inventory..............................        (32,392)       (110,918)        (38,328)
Increase in debtors, prepayments and deferred
  cost.............................................       (156,830)       (266,196)       (219,943)
Increase in trade payables and accruals............         75,240         101,849          86,406
                                                        ----------      ----------      ----------
CASH FROM OPERATIONS...............................      1,104,545         471,504         325,009
Interest paid......................................       (453,183)       (103,220)        (47,526)
Interest received..................................         38,005           7,277           8,816
Income taxes paid..................................         (4,451)        (25,549)       (113,668)
                                                        ----------      ----------      ----------
NET CASH FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES.................        684,916         350,012         172,631
CASH FLOWS USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Purchases of intangible fixed assets...............       (329,064)       (346,019)        (52,855)
Purchases of tangible fixed assets.................     (1,434,875)       (985,298)       (966,649)
Proceeds from/(purchase of) investments, net.......        193,959        (511,603)          5,084
Proceeds from sale of equipment and intangibles....         14,905           7,309             894
                                                        ----------      ----------      ----------
NET CASH USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES..............     (1,555,075)     (1,835,611)     (1,013,526)
CASH FLOWS (USED IN)/FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
(Repayment of)/proceeds from long-term
  borrowings.......................................       (248,643)        487,972         593,870
Proceeds from senior subordinated debt issuance,
  net..............................................             --       1,843,822              --
Proceeds from shareholder's loan...................             --         296,756              --
Net change in overdraft facility...................         36,342         (24,558)         24,558
Additional paid-in capital, net....................         16,827              --              --
                                                        ----------      ----------      ----------
NET CASH (USED IN)/FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES.......       (195,474)      2,603,992         618,428
NET (DECREASE)/INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH
  EQUIVALENTS......................................     (1,065,633)      1,118,393        (222,467)
EFFECT OF FOREIGN EXCHANGE CHANGES ON CASH AND CASH
  EQUIVALENTS......................................           (411)        (28,579)              6
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF PERIOD...      1,095,509           5,695         228,156
                                                        ----------      ----------      ----------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF PERIOD.........         29,465       1,095,509           5,695
                                                        ==========      ==========      ==========
</TABLE>

  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
                                  statements.
                                       F-4
<PAGE>   79

              POLSKA TELEFONIA CYFROWA SP. Z O.O. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                  CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
                              FOR THE YEARS ENDED
            DECEMBER 31, 2000, DECEMBER 31, 1999, DECEMBER 31, 1998
                             (IN THOUSANDS OF PLN)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       ADDITIONAL                  CURRENCY
                                              SHARE     PAID-IN     ACCUMULATED   TRANSLATION
                                             CAPITAL    CAPITAL       DEFICIT     ADJUSTMENT      TOTAL
                                             -------   ----------   -----------   -----------   ---------
<S>                                          <C>       <C>          <C>           <C>           <C>
BALANCE AT JANUARY 1, 1998 (RESTATED)......  471,000         --      (186,207)          7         284,800
Change in accounting policy in 1999 with
  respect to implementation of IAS 38, see
  Note 5...................................       --         --         4,047          --           4,047
Currency translation adjustment............       --         --            --          (7)             (7)
Comprehensive net profit for the year, as
  originally reported......................       --         --         1,469          --           1,469
                                             -------    -------      --------         ---       ---------
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1998 (RESTATED)....  471,000         --      (180,691)         --         290,309
Comprehensive net loss for the year........       --         --      (122,503)         --        (122,503)
                                             -------    -------      --------         ---       ---------
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1999...............  471,000         --      (303,194)         --         167,806
Additional paid-in capital.................             409,754                                   409,754
Comprehensive net profit for the year......       --         --        97,651          --          97,651
                                             -------    -------      --------         ---       ---------
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2000...............  471,000    409,754      (205,543)         --         675,211
                                             =======    =======      ========         ===       =========
</TABLE>

  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
                                  statements.
                                       F-5
<PAGE>   80

              POLSKA TELEFONIA CYFROWA SP. Z O.O. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                             (IN THOUSANDS OF PLN)

1.   INCORPORATION AND PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES

     Polska Telefonia Cyfrowa Sp. z o.o. (the "Company") was incorporated under
Polish Law as a limited liability company based on a Notarial Act dated December
20, 1995. The Company is located in Warsaw, Al. Jerozolimskie 181 and was
registered in the Regional Court in Warsaw, XVI Commercial Department on
December 27, 1995.

     The principal activities of the Company are providing cellular telephone
communication services in accordance with the GSM 900 and 1800 licenses (see
Note 4.b.) granted by the Minister of Communications and the sale of cellular
telephones and accessories compatible with its cellular services. On December
20, 2000 the Minister of Communications granted the Company a license to provide
telecommunication services according to the UMTS standard. The license allows
starting operations of relevant services not earlier than January 1, 2003 but
not later than January 1, 2004.

Significant issues

     During 1996 the Company signed an interim interconnect agreement with
Telekomunikacja Polska S.A. ("TPSA") on a "bill and keep" basis. On May 22, 1997
the Minister of Communications issued a decision with respect to new
interconnect arrangements between the Company and TPSA. The decision was binding
for both parties, however, certain terms, including the effective date, were
still to be agreed. The decision defined interconnect, international and
leased-lines settlements with TPSA.

     In the course of 1997, TPSA filed in the Supreme Administrative Court an
appeal against the above mentioned decision. In the appeal, it challenges the
entitlement of the Minister to issue the above decision on the basis that the
established interconnect rates are not fair. On December 9, 1998, the Company
signed a framework agreement with TPSA defining the terms of mutual interconnect
arrangements.

     On October 24, 2000 the Supreme Administrative Court waved the decision of
the Minister of Communications issued on May 22, 1997. This opened a way to
further negotiations with TPSA. The Company has already started renegotiating
the interconnect, transit and international settlements terms according to
instructions issued by the Minister of Communications on June 30, 2000.
Additionally the Company submitted to the Telecommunication Regulatory Office
the request for the administrative decision regarding this issue. The result of
establishing any new terms will have no effect on historic financial results of
the Company.

     On September 21, 2000 the Company submitted to the court a citation for
payment by PTK Centertel Sp. z o.o. ("Centertel"), which is one of the other two
Polish wireless operators, amounts resulting from the absence of a mutual
interconnect agreement. The Company claims a net interconnect settlement from
Centertel for the period from September 16, 1996 to the date of the citation in
the amount of PLN 17,011. As of the date of this financial statement the
financial effect of the above dispute is not known yet and thus was not included
in these financial statements.

Authorization of the financial statements

     These consolidated financial statements, which include the financial
statements of Polska Telefonia Cyfrowa Sp. z o.o. and its wholly owned
subsidiaries, PTC International Finance B.V. and PTC International Finance
(Holding) B.V. were authorized for issue by Management Board of Polska Telefonia
Cyfrowa Sp. z o.o. on March 15, 2001. They still need to be presented to
Shareholders of the Company for their approval and their decision regarding
distribution of 2000 net profit.

                                       F-6
<PAGE>   81
              POLSKA TELEFONIA CYFROWA SP. Z O.O. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                             (IN THOUSANDS OF PLN)

2.   PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION

a.   GROUP ENTITIES

     The consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of
Polska Telefonia Cyfrowa Sp. z o.o. and its wholly owned subsidiaries, PTC
International Finance B.V. and PTC International Finance (Holding) B.V.

     All intercompany balances and transactions are eliminated in consolidation.

     On June 17, 1997, PTC International Finance B.V. was incorporated under the
laws of the Netherlands for the purpose of issuing long-term Notes ("10 3/4
Notes", see Note 20). The Company has acquired 40 fully-paid shares with a par
value of 1,000 Netherlands Guilders each, issued by PTC International Finance
B.V. PTC International Finance B.V. has no subsidiaries on its own.

     On November 5, 1999 PTC International Finance II S.A. was incorporated
under the laws of Luxembourg and on November 16, 1999, PTC International Finance
(Holding) B.V. was incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands for the
purpose of issuing long-term Notes ("11 1/4 Notes", see Note 20). The Company
has acquired 40 fully-paid shares with a par value of 1,000 Netherlands Guilders
each, issued by PTC International Finance (Holding) B.V.

     Additionally, the Company has acquired 125 fully-paid shares with a par
value of 1,000 Euro each issued by PTC International Finance II S.A. and
contributed all of its shares except one, (owned by the Company, but held
locally, due to legal requirements) to PTC International Finance (Holding) B.V.
in exchange for 1 additional share of PTC International Finance (Holding) B.V.
Thus, PTC International Finance II S.A. became a fully owned subsidiary of PTC
International Finance (Holding) B.V. PTC International Finance II S.A. has no
subsidiaries on its own.

b.   REPORTING CURRENCY

     The Company primarily generates and expends cash through its operating
activities in Polish Zloty (PLN or "Zloty"). Additionally, all of the
receivables and the large part of its short-term liabilities are Zloty
denominated. Therefore, Management has designated the Zloty as the reporting
(functional) currency of the Company.

     The accompanying consolidated financial statements are reported in
thousands of Zloty.

3.   ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

     The Company maintains its books of account in accordance with accounting
principles and practices employed by enterprises in Poland as required by Polish
accounting regulations. The accompanying consolidated financial statements
reflect certain adjustments not reflected in the Company's statutory books to
present these statements in accordance with standards issued by the
International Accounting Standards Committee. These adjustments and their effect
on earnings for the years ended December 31, 2000, 1999 and 1998 are shown in
Note 30 to these financial statements.

     The differences between International Accounting Standards ("IAS") and
generally accepted accounting principles in the United States ("U.S. GAAP") and
their effect on net results for the years ended December 31, 2000, 1999 and 1998
have been presented in Note 31 to these financial statements.

     The IAS rules that were mandatory as of 31 December 2000 were applied to
these financial statements.

     In December 1998, the International Accounting Standards Committee Board
approved International Accounting Standard No 39 ("IAS 39"). It is effective for
financial statements covering financial years beginning

                                       F-7
<PAGE>   82
              POLSKA TELEFONIA CYFROWA SP. Z O.O. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                             (IN THOUSANDS OF PLN)

3.   ACCOUNTING STANDARDS (CONTINUED)

on or after 1 January 2001. IAS 39 establishes principles for recognizing,
measuring, and disclosing information about financial assets and financial
liabilities.

     Under IAS 39, all financial assets and financial liabilities should be
recognized on the balance sheet, including all derivatives. They should
initially be measured at cost, which is the fair value of the consideration
given or received to acquire the financial asset or liability (plus certain
hedging gains and losses). Subsequent to initial recognition, all financial
assets should be remeasured to fair value, except for the certain financial
assets, which should be carried at amortized cost subject to a test for
impairment. After acquisition most financial liabilities should be measured at
original recorded amount less principal repayments and amortization. Only
derivatives and liabilities held for trading should be remeasured to fair value.

     IAS 39 also describes hedging issues. Hedging, for accounting purposes,
means designating a derivative or (in limited circumstances) a non-derivative
financial instrument as an offset, in whole or in part, to the change in fair
value or cash flows of a hedged item. A hedged item can be an asset, liability,
firm commitment, or forecasted future transaction that is exposed to risk of
change in value or changes in future cash flows. Hedge accounting recognizes the
offsetting effects on net profit or loss symmetrically. Hedge accounting is
permitted under IAS 39 in certain circumstances, provided that the hedging
relationship is clearly defined, measurable, and actually effective.

     The Company plans to adopt IAS 39 on January 1, 2001. The Company has not
yet quantified all effects of adopting IAS 39 on its financial statements.
However, this standard could increase volatility in earnings and other
comprehensive income or involve certain changes in the Company's business
practices.

4.   PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

a.   TANGIBLE FIXED ASSETS

     Tangible fixed assets are shown at historical cost less accumulated
depreciation.

     Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method over the
estimated useful life of the asset. The following depreciation rates have been
applied:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              ANNUAL RATE           ESTIMATED
                                                                 IN %         USEFUL LIVES IN YEARS
                                                             -------------    ---------------------
<S>                                                          <C>              <C>
Leasehold improvements.....................................                        Lease term
Buildings..................................................      2.5%               40
Plant and equipment........................................   4.0 -- 30.0%          3.3 -- 25
Motor vehicles.............................................  12.5 -- 30.0%          3.3 --  8
Other......................................................  10.0 -- 20.0%            5 -- 10
</TABLE>

b.   INTANGIBLE FIXED ASSETS

License

     The Company has acquired from the Polish State, represented by the Minister
of Communications, a license to provide telecommunication services according to
ETSI/GSM standard in the 900 MHz band, including a permit to install and utilize
telecommunication equipment and network, and allocation of frequencies in the
ETSI/GSM 900 MHz band ("the GSM 900 license").

                                       F-8
<PAGE>   83
              POLSKA TELEFONIA CYFROWA SP. Z O.O. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                             (IN THOUSANDS OF PLN)

4.   PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

b.   INTANGIBLE FIXED ASSETS (CONTINUED)

     The GSM 900 license was acquired on February 23, 1996 and has been valued
at the present value of the payments due to the State. The GSM 900 license is
amortized over the period of its validity, i.e. 173 months from the date of the
operation start-up on a straight-line basis.

     On August 11, 1999 the Minister of Communications granted the Company a
license to provide telecommunication services according to ETSI/GSM standard in
the 1800 MHz band, including a permit to install and utilize telecommunication
equipment and network, and allocation of frequencies in the ETSI/GSM 1800 MHz
band ("the GSM 1800 license"). The GSM 1800 license is valid for 15 years from
the date of acquisition, though it allowed starting operations of relevant
services from March 1, 2000.

     The GSM 1800 license has been valued at the present value of the payments
due plus the cost of interest and foreign exchange losses capitalized during the
development period. The development period terminated together with the start of
operational validity of the GSM 1800 license on March 1, 2000. The GSM 1800
license will be amortized over the period of its operational validity, i.e. 14.5
years.

     On September 29, 2000 the Minister of Communications granted the Company a
license to lease the telecommunication lines in the Company's network, including
a permit to install and utilize telecommunication equipment and network ("the
Lease Lines license"). The Lease Line license is valid for 15 years from the
date when it was delivered to the Company and has been valued at the nominal
value as the license fee was paid in a single installment.

     On December 20, 2000 the Minister of Communications granted the Company a
license to provide telecommunication services according to the UMTS standard in
the 2 GHz band, including a permit to install and utilize telecommunication
equipment and network, and allocation of frequencies in the 2 GHz band ("the
UMTS license"). The UMTS license is valid for 22 years from the date of
acquisition, though it allows starting operations of relevant services from
January 1, 2003 but not later than January 1, 2004.

     The UMTS license is valued at the present value of the payments due plus
the cost of interest and foreign exchange losses capitalized during the
development period. The development period will terminate together with the
start of operational validity of the UMTS license. The UMTS license will be
amortized over the period of its operational validity, i.e. 20 years.

     The above-described GSM 900 license, the GSM 1800 license, the UMTS license
and the Lease Lines license are not transferable assets.

Other intangible fixed assets

     Other intangible assets are stated at cost less accumulated amortization.
Amortization is calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated
useful life of the asset. The following amortization rates have been applied:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 ANNUAL RATE
                                                                    IN %
                                                                -------------
<S>                                                             <C>
Computer software...........................................    10.0 -- 50.0%
Trademarks..................................................        6.7%
</TABLE>

                                       F-9
<PAGE>   84
              POLSKA TELEFONIA CYFROWA SP. Z O.O. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                             (IN THOUSANDS OF PLN)

4.   PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

c.   DEBTORS

     Amounts due from debtors are shown net of provisions for doubtful accounts.
The provisions are based on specific amounts due where realization is unlikely
and on a general basis, calculated using historic collection experience.

d.   INVENTORIES

     Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and market value. Cost is
determined principally under the average method. Provisions are set for
obsolete, slow moving and damaged inventory and are deducted from the related
inventory balances.

e.   SPECIAL FUNDS

     Special funds consist primarily of the social fund. The social fund is an
employer's obligation based on a government mandated calculation based on number
of employees and the monthly minimum wage in Poland. The amounts calculated
under this formula must be used for the benefits of the employees.

f.   ADVERTISING EXPENSE

     The Company charges the cost of advertising to expense as incurred.

g.   VACATION PAY

     Vacation pay is accrued when earned by employees.

h.  TAXATION

     The income tax charge is based on profit for the period and takes into
account deferred taxation. Deferred taxation is calculated using the liability
method. Under the liability method the expected tax effects of temporary
differences are determined using enacted tax rates and reported either as
liabilities for taxes payable or assets representing the amounts of income taxes
recoverable in future periods in respect of deductible temporary differences and
the carry forward of unused losses. Temporary differences are the differences
between the carrying amount of an asset or a liability in the balance sheet and
its taxable base.

     Deferred tax assets are recognized for all deductible temporary differences
to the extent that it is probable that taxable profit will be available against
which the deductible temporary differences can be utilized.

i.   NET SALES

     Net sales consist of the value of sales (excluding value added tax) of
goods and services in the normal course of business but exclude extraordinary
disposals of inventory and other assets. Revenue is recognized when services are
provided or goods are shipped out. Sales allowances are accounted in the same
period when the related portion of revenue is recognized.

                                       F-10
<PAGE>   85
              POLSKA TELEFONIA CYFROWA SP. Z O.O. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                             (IN THOUSANDS OF PLN)

4.   PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

j.   TRANSACTIONS IN FOREIGN CURRENCIES

     Transactions denominated in foreign currencies are recorded in the local
currency (the Polish zloty) at actual exchange rates prevailing at the date of
the transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign
currencies are reported at the rates of exchange prevailing at the end of the
period. Any gain or loss arising from a change in exchange rates subsequent to
the date of the transaction is recorded in the statement of operations as a
foreign exchange gain or loss and included in non-operating items in the
statement of operations, unless capitalized as discussed in point (b) above
(license) and (l) below (borrowing costs).

k.   USE OF ESTIMATES

     Preparation of financial statements requires Management to make estimates
and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

l.   CAPITALIZATION OF BORROWING COSTS

     Borrowing costs (including interest, foreign exchange gains and losses and
the discount relating to the present value of license payments) that are
attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of qualifying assets
are capitalized as a part of the cost of those assets. The borrowing costs
capitalized are only those incurred during the period of construction or
production of qualifying assets.

m.  DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

     The Company enters into derivative financial instruments such as forward
foreign exchange contracts to hedge its exposure against foreign currency
fluctuations on liabilities denominated in foreign currencies. The Company does
not apply hedge accounting in the financial statements. Forward contracts in the
financial statements are treated as derivative financial instruments held for
trading purposes and gains or losses resulting from fair value or realization of
these transactions are included in the consolidated statements of operations as
foreign exchange gains or losses.

     The foreign exchange forward contracts are valued in the balance sheet at
their fair value and presented in other current assets or liabilities. The fair
value is calculated by valuing the forward contracts with quoted market forward
rates prevailing at the end of the period and comparing that with the original
amount calculated by using the contractual forward rates prevailing at the
beginning of the contract.

5.   CHANGES IN ACCOUNTING POLICIES

     In the fourth quarter of 1999, the Company has adopted IAS 38 "Intangible
Assets" in accounting for its intangible assets. The resulting change in
accounting policy regarding development and start-up costs was applied
retrospectively. The resulting adjustment to the opening balance of accumulated
deficit as at January 1, 1999 resulted in an increase by PLN 6,530.
Additionally, the net loss reported for the year ended December 31, 1999 was
decreased by PLN 2,367.

6.   FINANCING

     As of December 31, 2000 the Company had net current liabilities of PLN
1,297 million and capital commitments of PLN 2,458 million (see Note 25). In
order to cover these obligations and provide financing for further operations,
the Company has refinanced its Loan facility with new facilities discussed
below.

                                       F-11
<PAGE>   86
              POLSKA TELEFONIA CYFROWA SP. Z O.O. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                             (IN THOUSANDS OF PLN)

6.   FINANCING (CONTINUED)

     On February 19, 2001 the Company signed a loan facility agreements with a
consortium of banks organized by Deutsche Bank AG London, Deutsche Bank Polska
S.A., Dresdner Bank Luxembourg S.A. and the European Bank of Reconstruction and
Development (the "Refinancing Loan") to support the growth of its GSM business
and development of UMTS services. The Refinancing Loan will be utilized, among
others, to refinance the existing Loan facility (see Note 20). The main terms of
the agreement are as follows:

<TABLE>
<S>                                    <C>
Facility limit.......................  equivalent of EUR 650 million
Interests............................  LIBOR, EURIBOR, WIBOR plus the applicable margin
                                       varying from 0.6% p.a. to 0.9% p.a. depending on the
                                       Senior Debt/EBITDA ratio.
Commitment fee.......................  50% of the margin (as above)
Collateral...........................  pledge of the Company's assets and rights similar to
                                       pledge with Loan facility, except for future real
                                       estates, the escrow fund for Notes, leased assets
Repayment date.......................  reduction in facility limit starting from September
                                       30, 2004 to February 20, 2006
</TABLE>

     Further, the Company may issue additional high yield bonds supplemented
with a subordinated bridge financing as it may be necessary.

7.   FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT

     The progressively evolving financial markets together with a rapidly
changing business environment create a challenging environment for treasury
function of the Company. The general goal of the treasury function is to obtain
cost efficient funding of the Company and to identify, measure and, if
necessary, to hedge financial risk.

     The hedging policy approved by the Supervisory Board provides principles
for overall financial risk management in the Company. This policy sets a
framework within which hedging activity should operate. However, it also allows
some discretion in the precise hedging strategy to be adopted, to allow the
treasury function to react to market conditions. According to the hedging
policy, treasury function prepares each year a hedging strategy regarding
transaction risk, which is later submitted to the Management Board and Operating
Shareholders (Elektrim Telekomunikacja Sp. z o.o., DeTeMobil Deutsche Telekom
MobilNet GmbH, MediaOne International B.V.).

     The ultimate responsibility for agreeing the details of the annual hedging
strategy rests with the Management Board and the Operating Shareholders based on
the recommendations of the Risk Management Committee consisting of the CFO, the
Treasurer, the Controller and the Tax Manager. The responsibility for the
execution of foreign exchange and interest rate hedge transactions, within the
agreed strategy and in conformity with the hedging policy rests with the
treasury function of the Company. On the other hand, the Management Board and
the Operating Shareholders must approve all actions taken to hedge translation
risk.

a.   Foreign exchange risk

     The main liabilities of the Company are denominated in foreign currencies
(EUR and USD). The financial risk management is aimed both at minimizing the
volatility of cash flows, in Zloty terms, arising from fluctuations in the
exchange rate of the Zloty against other currencies and at minimizing the
adverse effect of movements in exchange rates on the earnings and value of the
company in Zloty terms.

     The foreign exchange rate exposure might be of two kinds -- transaction
exposure and translation exposure.

                                       F-12
<PAGE>   87
              POLSKA TELEFONIA CYFROWA SP. Z O.O. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                             (IN THOUSANDS OF PLN)

7.   FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (CONTINUED)

a.   FOREIGN EXCHANGE RISK (CONTINUED)

     The foreign exchange transaction exposures occur when the Company has cash
inflows or outflows in currencies other than Zloty. Treasury manages the
transaction exposure based on forecasts of cash flows denominated in foreign
currencies. These forecasts distinguish between forecasts of cash flows where
there is significant certainty as to both the amount and timing of the cash flow
("Committed Exposures") and those where there is some uncertainty about the
amount and/or timing of the cash flow ("Uncommitted Exposures").

     Hedge activities are undertaken on the basis of a rolling 12 month forecast
provided by treasury function and business units of the Company. The Company
normally seeks to cover Committed Exposures in the range of such figures to be
agreed by the Management Board and the Operating Shareholders on at least an
annual basis, providing hedging can be obtained.

     The foreign exchange translation exposures occur when profit and loss or
balance sheet items are denominated in foreign currencies. The movement of the
Zloty against these currencies between reporting dates will result in a movement
in the Zloty value of these items. As indicated above, the Management Board and
the Operating Shareholders must approve any action taken to hedge translation
exposure.

     The Company does not speculate in foreign currency. Speculation is defined
as taking any action to increase an exposure beyond that which exists due to an
underlying commercial activity, in the expectation of making a foreign currency
gain.

     Foreign exchange risk management transactions of the Company may be
undertaken using the following instruments:

     -  Forward and NDF transactions,

     -  Currency swaps,

     -  Cross-currency interest rate swaps,

     -  FX options.

b.   INTEREST RATE RISK

     The Company is exposed to interest rate risk related to short-term and
long-term loans and, to the smaller extent, to interest on short-term
investments. Interest rate risk exposure arises from external financing
denominated both in domestic and foreign currency. The Company's interest
bearing liabilities are based on fixed and floating interest rates.

     Debt liabilities based on fixed interest rate are as follows (see Note 20):

     -  the 10 3/4 Notes with the face value of USD 253,203,000

     -  the 11 1/4 Notes with the face value of USD 150,000,000

     -  the 11 1/4 Notes with the face value of EUR 300,000,000

     Debt liabilities based on floating interest rate consist of 1997 Citibank
Syndicated Loan Facility for the total bank commitments of DEM 621,600,000 after
first scheduled debt reduction in December 2000 (see Note 20). The Loan Facility
is available under two tranches: foreign exchange tranche amounting to
DEM 388,500,000 and domestic tranche of DEM 233,100,000 available in Zloty. The
Company may utilize those two tranches by individual drawdowns for maturities of
one, three, six or twelve months. The interest rate related to each drawdown is
determined at the drawdown date and fixed for the maturity of the respective
drawdown.

                                       F-13
<PAGE>   88
              POLSKA TELEFONIA CYFROWA SP. Z O.O. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                             (IN THOUSANDS OF PLN)

7.   FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (CONTINUED)

b.   INTEREST RATE RISK (CONTINUED)

     The interest rate exposure consists of a risk of increasing short term
interest rates which would result in higher financing costs as well as a risk of
decrease of short term interest rates which may result in decrease of return on
short-term investments. In general, the impact of interest rate fluctuations on
its financing costs is much more important for the Company than the impact on
its investment income.

     The Company's interest rate exposure is managed by:

     -  managing the maturity periods of investments and borrowings,

     -  varying the proportions of debt which bears interest on a fixed and a
        floating basis,

     -  varying the period of time for which the interest rate is fixed in
        respect to the Loan Facility.

     In addition to the interest rate management tools described above, the
Company may, in line with its hedging policy and upon consent of its Operating
Shareholders, enter into the following interest rate hedging transactions:

     -  forward rate agreements (FRAs),

     -  interest rate swaps,

     -  interest rate options (caps, floors, collars).

c.   CREDIT RISK

Commercial credit risk

     The Company operates in one industry segment, providing cellular telephone
communication services. Substantially all of the Company's trade debtors are
Polish businesses and individuals. Further, the Company has established a
network of dealers within Poland to distribute its products. The dealers share
many economic characteristics thus receivables from each of these dealers
present similar risk to the Company.

     Concentrations of credit risk with respect to trade receivables are limited
due to the large number of customers comprising the Company's customer base.
Ongoing credit evaluations of customers' financial condition are performed and
generally, no collateral is required. The Company maintains provisions for
potential credit losses and such losses, in the aggregate, have not exceeded
management's estimates. No single customer accounts for 10% or more of revenues,
except for transactions with TPSA.

     The balance of receivables as at December 31, 2000, representing the total
net commercial credit risk exposure at this date, is presented in Note 14.

Financial credit risk

     There is a risk that the counterparties may be unable to meet their
obligations related to financial instruments. This credit risk is monitored and
measured by the treasury function in the Company. In order to minimize the risk
the Company limits its counterparties to a sufficient number of major banks and
financial institutions.

     The direct credit risk represents the risk of loss resulting from
counterparty default in relation to on-balance sheet products. The held to
maturity and market investments are subject to high quality credit criteria. The
investments are also closely monitored by the treasury function in the Company.
The treasury function does not expect that the Company would be exposed to
credit risk from its counterparties due to their high credit ratings.

     The balance of financial assets and short-term investments as at December
31, 2000, representing the total financial credit exposure, is presented in Note
13.
                                       F-14
<PAGE>   89
              POLSKA TELEFONIA CYFROWA SP. Z O.O. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                             (IN THOUSANDS OF PLN)

8.   NET SALES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        YEAR ENDED      YEAR ENDED      YEAR ENDED
                                                       DECEMBER 31,    DECEMBER 31,    DECEMBER 31,
                                                           2000            1999            1998
                                                       ------------    ------------    ------------
<S>                                                    <C>             <C>             <C>
Service revenues and fees..........................     3,462,960       2,369,444       1,445,340
Sales of telephones and accessories................       169,460         222,617         165,471
                                                        ---------       ---------       ---------
                                                        3,632,420       2,592,061       1,610,811
                                                        =========       =========       =========
</TABLE>

     The Company operates in one segment (providing cellular telecommunication
services and the ancillary sale of cellular telephones and accessories) and in
one market (the Republic of Poland).

9.   COSTS AND EXPENSES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        YEAR ENDED      YEAR ENDED      YEAR ENDED
                                                       DECEMBER 31,    DECEMBER 31,    DECEMBER 31,
                                                           2000            1999            1998
                                                       ------------    ------------    ------------
<S>                                                    <C>             <C>             <C>
Cost of sales:
  Cost of services sold............................     1,386,274         939,037         613,898
  Cost of sales of telephones and accessories......       864,149         723,814         334,516
                                                        ---------       ---------       ---------
                                                        2,250,423       1,662,851         948,414
Operating expenses:
  Selling and distribution costs...................       576,318         454,807         277,123
  Administration and other operating cost..........       189,698         157,752         104,152
                                                        ---------       ---------       ---------
                                                          766,016         612,559         381,275
                                                        ---------       ---------       ---------
                                                        3,016,439       2,275,410       1,329,689
                                                        =========       =========       =========
</TABLE>

     The following costs and expenses were included in cost of sales:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        YEAR ENDED      YEAR ENDED      YEAR ENDED
                                                       DECEMBER 31,    DECEMBER 31,    DECEMBER 31,
                                                           2000            1999            1998
                                                       ------------    ------------    ------------
<S>                                                    <C>             <C>             <C>
Merchandise sold...................................       857,068         719,404        334,516
Depreciation and amortization......................       476,011         257,071        141,078
Other external services............................       247,450         169,463        127,091
Interconnect.......................................       193,843         131,558         77,490
Leased lines.......................................       152,931          98,714         92,869
Roaming............................................       113,302          78,861         44,137
Commissions........................................       110,082         151,578         89,710
Wages and salaries.................................        51,778          27,489         13,314
Materials and energy...............................        19,497          11,168         10,911
Social security and other benefits.................        19,313           9,228         11,194
Taxes and other charges............................         2,884           5,152          2,493
Charge to inventory provision......................         7,081           4,410         (3,309)
Other, net.........................................          (817)         (1,245)         6,920
                                                        ---------       ---------        -------
                                                        2,250,423       1,662,851        948,414
                                                        =========       =========        =======
</TABLE>

                                       F-15
<PAGE>   90
              POLSKA TELEFONIA CYFROWA SP. Z O.O. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                             (IN THOUSANDS OF PLN)

9.   COSTS AND EXPENSES (CONTINUED)

     The following costs and expenses were included in selling and distribution
costs:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        YEAR ENDED      YEAR ENDED      YEAR ENDED
                                                       DECEMBER 31,    DECEMBER 31,    DECEMBER 31,
                                                           2000            1999            1998
                                                       ------------    ------------    ------------
<S>                                                    <C>             <C>             <C>
Advertising costs..................................       197,740        159,623          98,223
Bad debt and write-offs............................       146,624        143,890          90,694
Wages and salaries.................................       101,384         70,386          25,851
External services..................................        61,384         33,773          27,271
Social security and other benefits.................        25,659         18,487          18,554
Depreciation and amortization......................        22,491          9,563           6,005
Materials and energy...............................        13,133          8,918           4,542
Taxes and other charges............................         6,247          6,816           3,628
Other, net.........................................         1,656          3,351           2,355
                                                        ---------        -------         -------
                                                          576,318        454,807         277,123
                                                        =========        =======         =======
</TABLE>

     The following costs and expenses were included in administration costs:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        YEAR ENDED      YEAR ENDED      YEAR ENDED
                                                       DECEMBER 31,    DECEMBER 31,    DECEMBER 31,
                                                           2000            1999            1998
                                                       ------------    ------------    ------------
<S>                                                    <C>             <C>             <C>
External services..................................       80,076          77,623          52,703
Wages and salaries.................................       54,697          41,968          20,496
Depreciation and amortization......................       21,203          15,063          11,208
Social security and other benefits.................       15,669          10,068          11,928
Taxes and other charges............................        8,411             708           5,158
Materials and energy...............................        6,038           6,240           6,259
Other, net.........................................        3,604           6,082          (3,600)
                                                         -------         -------         -------
                                                         189,698         157,752         104,152
                                                         =======         =======         =======
</TABLE>

10. INTEREST AND OTHER FINANCIAL INCOME

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        YEAR ENDED      YEAR ENDED      YEAR ENDED
                                                       DECEMBER 31,    DECEMBER 31,    DECEMBER 31,
                                                           2000            1999            1998
                                                       ------------    ------------    ------------
<S>                                                    <C>             <C>             <C>
Foreign exchange gains.............................      185,195          45,414          12,816
Interest income....................................       41,930          12,628           8,582
                                                         -------         -------         -------
                                                         227,125          58,042          21,398
                                                         =======         =======         =======
</TABLE>

                                       F-16
<PAGE>   91
              POLSKA TELEFONIA CYFROWA SP. Z O.O. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                             (IN THOUSANDS OF PLN)

11. INTEREST AND OTHER FINANCIAL EXPENSES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        YEAR ENDED      YEAR ENDED      YEAR ENDED
                                                       DECEMBER 31,    DECEMBER 31,    DECEMBER 31,
                                                           2000            1999            1998
                                                       ------------    ------------    ------------
<S>                                                    <C>             <C>             <C>
Interest expense...................................      543,510         260,155         132,353
Foreign exchange losses............................      173,155         196,150          54,844
                                                         -------         -------         -------
                                                         716,665         456,305         187,197
                                                         =======         =======         =======
</TABLE>

12. TAXATION

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        YEAR ENDED      YEAR ENDED      YEAR ENDED
                                                       DECEMBER 31,    DECEMBER 31,    DECEMBER 31,
                                                           2000            1999            1998
                                                       ------------    ------------    ------------
<S>                                                    <C>             <C>             <C>
Polish current tax benefit/(charge)................          802         (10,555)         (76,223)
Polish deferred tax charge.........................      (28,622)        (30,088)         (33,197)
Foreign current tax charge.........................         (970)           (248)            (387)
                                                         -------         -------         --------
Tax charge.........................................      (28,790)        (40,891)        (109,807)
                                                         =======         =======         ========
</TABLE>

     Tax loss carry forwards available as of December 31, 2000 amounted to
PLN 68,031. The loss can be offset against taxable income if any, during the
next five fiscal years after December 31, 2000.

     According to the Polish tax regulations, the tax rate in effect in 2000,
1999 and 1998 were 30%, 34% and 36%, respectively. The tax rates set for years
2001, 2002, 2003 and 2004 and thereafter are 28%, 28%, 24% and 22%,
respectively.

     The numerical reconciliation between tax charge and the product of
accounting profit or loss multiplied by the applicable statutory tax rates is as
follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        YEAR ENDED      YEAR ENDED      YEAR ENDED
                                                       DECEMBER 31,    DECEMBER 31,    DECEMBER 31,
                                                           2000            1999            1998
                                                       ------------    ------------    ------------
<S>                                                    <C>             <C>             <C>
Profit/(loss) before taxation......................      126,441         (81,612)         115,323
Tax rate...........................................           30%             34%              36%
                                                         -------         -------         --------
Tax benefit/(charge) using statutory rate..........      (37,932)         27,748          (41,517)
  Permanent differences............................      (19,256)         (5,643)          (5,478)
  Change in temporary differences for which
     realization is not probable and temporary
     differences written-off.......................         (712)        (62,053)         (44,461)
  Effect of different tax rates and rules in
     foreign entities..............................        4,685             559              (59)
  Change in tax rates..............................       23,017          14,364           (2,890)
  Tax loss carry forward for which realization is
     not probable..................................           --         (12,049)              --
  Refiling of previous years' tax return...........          802         (10,555)              --
  Adjustments to deferred taxes....................          606           6,738          (15,402)
                                                         -------         -------         --------
Tax charge.........................................      (28,790)        (40,891)        (109,807)
                                                         =======         =======         ========
</TABLE>

                                       F-17
<PAGE>   92
              POLSKA TELEFONIA CYFROWA SP. Z O.O. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                             (IN THOUSANDS OF PLN)

12. TAXATION (CONTINUED)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              AT DECEMBER 31,    AT DECEMBER 31,
                                                                   2000               1999
                                                              ---------------    ---------------
<S>                                                           <C>                <C>
Deferred tax assets in Poland:
  Bad debt provision........................................       84,365             71,807
  Accrued expenses..........................................       19,294              9,457
  Accrued interest..........................................       19,132             26,029
  Tax loss carry forward....................................       17,688                 --
  Unrealized foreign exchange loss, net.....................       17,318             37,623
  Inventory provision.......................................        4,276              2,293
  Accrued advertising.......................................        3,812              1,638
  Development costs.........................................          656              1,719
  Book versus tax basis of fixed assets.....................           --             21,631
                                                                 --------           --------
                                                                  166,541            172,197
Temporary differences for which realization is not probable
  ("valuation allowance")...................................      (87,967)           (97,037)
                                                                 --------           --------
                                                                   78,574             75,160
Deferred tax liabilities in Poland:
  Book versus tax basis of GSM and UMTS licenses............     (127,418)          (102,482)
  Book versus tax basis of fixed assets.....................       (7,100)                --
                                                                 --------           --------
Net deferred tax liability..................................      (55,944)           (27,322)
                                                                 ========           ========
</TABLE>

     The amount of valuation allowance consists primarily of the unrealized
foreign exchange losses on long-term Notes and the bad debt provision for which
tax deductibility is yet uncertain.

13. SHORT-TERM INVESTMENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                AT DECEMBER 31,    AT DECEMBER 31,
                                                                     2000               1999
                                                                ---------------    ---------------
<S>                                                             <C>                <C>
Short-term investments......................................        191,679            198,468
</TABLE>

     Short-term investments at December 31, 2000 consisted of the current
portion of US Treasury Bills and German Treasury Bills (the "Bills"). These
Bills are part of an escrow fund established to secure payment of interest
during the first two and a half years on the 11 1/4 Notes issued by PTC
International Finance II S.A. in 1999. The long-term portion (PLN 96,880 as of
December 31, 2000 and PLN 301,829 as of December 31, 1999) of the escrow fund is
presented in the balance sheet under financial assets caption. The Bills are
recorded at cost plus accrued interest which approximates their market value
(their fair values as of December 31, 2000 amounted to PLN 191 million and
PLN 97 million for short-term and long-term portion, respectively).

                                       F-18
<PAGE>   93
              POLSKA TELEFONIA CYFROWA SP. Z O.O. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                             (IN THOUSANDS OF PLN)

14. DEBTORS AND PREPAYMENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                AT DECEMBER 31,    AT DECEMBER 31,
                                                                     2000               1999
                                                                ---------------    ---------------
<S>                                                             <C>                <C>
Trade debtors and accrued income............................        626,054            505,043
Other debtors...............................................         26,188             43,145
Prepaid expenses............................................         17,660             27,862
Corporate Income Tax and other taxes recoverable from State
  Treasury..................................................         32,390             54,835
Accounts receivable from shareholders.......................          1,195                194
                                                                   --------           --------
                                                                    703,487            631,079
Provision for doubtful debtors..............................       (221,821)          (166,834)
                                                                   --------           --------
                                                                    481,666            464,245
                                                                   ========           ========
</TABLE>

15. INVENTORY

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              AT DECEMBER 31,    AT DECEMBER 31,
                                                                   2000               1999
                                                              ---------------    ---------------
<S>                                                           <C>                <C>
Telephones..................................................      154,015            135,362
Accessories and other.......................................       70,547             56,808
                                                                  -------            -------
                                                                  224,562            192,170
Inventory provision.........................................      (15,272)            (8,190)
                                                                  -------            -------
                                                                  209,290            183,980
                                                                  =======            =======
</TABLE>

16. TANGIBLE FIXED ASSETS, NET

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              AT DECEMBER 31,    AT DECEMBER 31,
                                                                   2000               1999
                                                              ---------------    ---------------
<S>                                                           <C>                <C>
Land and buildings..........................................       191,372            195,771
Plant and equipment.........................................     2,688,668          1,954,057
Motor vehicles..............................................        12,456             12,061
Other fixed assets..........................................       420,473            208,389
Construction in progress....................................       201,122            203,627
                                                                 ---------          ---------
                                                                 3,514,091          2,573,905
                                                                 =========          =========
</TABLE>

     For tangible fixed assets under construction, the Company capitalizes
interest and foreign exchange gains/losses incurred and directly attributable to
the acquisition and construction of the qualifying assets. The financing costs
are capitalized only during the period of construction of the qualifying assets.
During the year ended December 31, 2000 the Company capitalized PLN 3,412 of
foreign exchange losses and PLN 3,111 of interest expense. For the year ended
December 31, 1999, PLN 10,043 of foreign exchange losses and no interest expense
was capitalized and for the year ended December 31, 1998, PLN 22,765 of foreign
exchange losses and PLN 4,074 of interest expense was capitalized.

                                       F-19
<PAGE>   94
              POLSKA TELEFONIA CYFROWA SP. Z O.O. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                             (IN THOUSANDS OF PLN)

16. TANGIBLE FIXED ASSETS, NET (CONTINUED)
     The movement in each year was as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         LAND AND     PLANT AND      MOTOR      OTHER FIXED    CONSTRUCTION
                                         BUILDINGS    EQUIPMENT     VEHICLES      ASSETS       IN PROGRESS       TOTAL
                                         ---------    ----------    --------    -----------    ------------    ---------
<S>                                      <C>          <C>           <C>         <C>            <C>             <C>
COST
At January 1, 1998...................          77       231,643      10,901        17,324          528,660       788,605
Additions............................      80,691        11,377       4,453         2,847          914,276     1,013,644
Transfers............................          --       709,360          --        31,469         (740,369)          460
Disposals............................          --          (385)       (439)       (3,110)              --        (3,934)
                                          -------     ----------     ------       -------       ----------     ---------
At December 31, 1998.................      80,768       951,995      14,915        48,530          702,567     1,798,775
                                          -------     ----------     ------       -------       ----------     ---------
DEPRECIATION
At January 1, 1998...................          --        19,622       3,013         5,185               --        27,820
Charge...............................         814        87,741       3,819         9,456               --       101,830
Disposals............................          --           (97)       (171)       (1,789)              --        (2,057)
                                          -------     ----------     ------       -------       ----------     ---------
At December 31, 1998.................         814       107,266       6,661        12,852               --       127,593
                                          -------     ----------     ------       -------       ----------     ---------
NET BOOK VALUE AT DECEMBER 31,
  1998...............................      79,954       844,729       8,254        35,678          702,567     1,671,182
                                          =======     ==========     ======       =======       ==========     =========
COST
At January 1, 1999...................      80,768       951,995      14,915        48,530          702,567     1,798,775
Additions............................     119,169            --          --         4,164        1,023,527     1,146,860
Transfers............................          --     1,287,060       9,317       182,419       (1,503,373)      (24,577)
Disposals............................          --        (1,273)       (794)       (2,923)         (19,094)      (24,084)
                                          -------     ----------     ------       -------       ----------     ---------
At December 31, 1999.................     199,937     2,237,782      23,438       232,190          203,627     2,896,974
                                          -------     ----------     ------       -------       ----------     ---------
DEPRECIATION
At January 1, 1999...................         814       107,266       6,661        12,852               --       127,593
Charge...............................       3,352       189,142       5,158        13,678               --       211,330
Transfers............................          --       (12,190)         --             4               --       (12,186)
Disposals............................          --          (493)       (442)       (2,733)              --        (3,668)
                                          -------     ----------     ------       -------       ----------     ---------
At December 31, 1999.................       4,166       283,725      11,377        23,801               --       323,069
                                          -------     ----------     ------       -------       ----------     ---------
NET BOOK VALUE AT DECEMBER 31,
  1999...............................     195,771     1,954,057      12,061       208,389          203,627     2,573,905
                                          =======     ==========     ======       =======       ==========     =========
COST
At January 1, 2000...................     199,937     2,237,782      23,438       232,190          203,627     2,896,974
Additions............................         125         7,670          --         2,564        1,323,533     1,333,892
Transfers............................          --     1,060,431       6,140       237,067       (1,303,638)           --
Disposals............................          --       (12,186)       (851)       (3,020)         (22,400)      (38,457)
                                          -------     ----------     ------       -------       ----------     ---------
At December 31, 2000.................     200,062     3,293,697      28,727       468,801          201,122     4,192,409
                                          -------     ----------     ------       -------       ----------     ---------
DEPRECIATION
At January 1, 2000...................       4,166       283,725      11,377        23,801               --       323,069
Charge...............................       4,524       331,671       5,559        26,903               --       368,657
Disposals............................          --       (10,367)       (665)       (2,376)              --       (13,408)
                                          -------     ----------     ------       -------       ----------     ---------
At December 31, 2000.................       8,690       605,029      16,271        48,328               --       678,318
                                          -------     ----------     ------       -------       ----------     ---------
NET BOOK VALUE AT DECEMBER 31,
  2000...............................     191,372     2,688,668      12,456       420,473          201,122     3,514,091
                                          =======     ==========     ======       =======       ==========     =========
</TABLE>

     Tangible fixed assets held under capital leases (included in the previous
schedule):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             AT DECEMBER 31, 2000           AT DECEMBER 31, 1999
                                          ---------------------------    ---------------------------
                                          LAND     BUILDINGS    OTHER    LAND     BUILDINGS    OTHER
                                          -----    ---------    -----    -----    ---------    -----
<S>                                       <C>      <C>          <C>      <C>      <C>          <C>
Cost..................................    6,293     193,177      990     6,293     193,177      990
Accumulated depreciation..............       --      (8,691)    (140)       --      (4,166)     (41)
                                          -----     -------     ----     -----     -------      ---
Net...................................    6,293     184,486      850     6,293     189,011      949
                                          =====     =======     ====     =====     =======      ===
</TABLE>

                                       F-20
<PAGE>   95
              POLSKA TELEFONIA CYFROWA SP. Z O.O. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                             (IN THOUSANDS OF PLN)

17. INTANGIBLE FIXED ASSETS, NET

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                AT DECEMBER 31,    AT DECEMBER 31,
                                                                     2000               1999
                                                                ---------------    ---------------
<S>                                                             <C>                <C>
GSM and UMTS licenses.......................................       2,166,875            953,226
Computer software...........................................         147,150             97,388
Trademark...................................................             146                161
                                                                   ---------          ---------
                                                                   2,314,171          1,050,775
                                                                   =========          =========
</TABLE>

     During the year ended December 31, 2000 the Company capitalized PLN 764 of
foreign exchange losses and PLN 7,255 of interest expense on intangible assets.
For the year ended December 31, 1999 the Company capitalized PLN 3,416 of
foreign exchange losses and PLN 15,569 of interest expense on intangible fixed
assets. No financial expenses were capitalized on intangible assets during the
year ended December 31, 1998.

     The Company has no intangible assets generated internally.

     The movement in each year was as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              GSM & UMTS   COMPUTER   TRADE
                                                               LICENSES    SOFTWARE   MARK      TOTAL
                                                              ----------   --------   -----   ---------
<S>                                                           <C>          <C>        <C>     <C>
COST
At January 1, 1998..........................................    700,564     20,631     206      721,401
Additions...................................................         --     26,534      --       26,534
Transfers...................................................         --       (474)     --         (474)
                                                              ---------    -------     ---    ---------
At December 31, 1998........................................    700,564     46,691     206      747,461
                                                              ---------    -------     ---    ---------
AMORTIZATION
At January 1, 1998..........................................     58,710      2,881      19       61,610
Charge......................................................     48,788      7,660      13       56,461
Transfers...................................................         --        (14)     --          (14)
                                                              ---------    -------     ---    ---------
At December 31, 1998........................................    107,498     10,527      32      118,057
                                                              ---------    -------     ---    ---------
NET BOOK VALUE AT
DECEMBER 31, 1998...........................................    593,066     36,164     174      629,404
                                                              =========    =======     ===    =========
COST
At January 1, 1999..........................................    700,564     46,691     206      747,461
Additions...................................................    408,905     82,833      --      491,738
                                                              ---------    -------     ---    ---------
At December 31, 1999........................................  1,109,469    129,524     206    1,239,199
                                                              ---------    -------     ---    ---------
AMORTIZATION
At January 1, 1999..........................................    107,498     10,527      32      118,057
Charge......................................................     48,745     21,609      13       70,367
                                                              ---------    -------     ---    ---------
At December 31, 1999........................................    156,243     32,136      45      188,424
                                                              ---------    -------     ---    ---------
NET BOOK VALUE AT
DECEMBER 31, 1999...........................................    953,226     97,388     161    1,050,775
                                                              =========    =======     ===    =========
COST
At January 1, 2000..........................................  1,109,469    129,524     206    1,239,199
Additions...................................................  1,286,030    129,922      --    1,415,952
Disposals...................................................                (6,149)              (6,149)
                                                              ---------    -------     ---    ---------
At December 31, 2000........................................  2,395,499    253,297     206    2,649,002
                                                              ---------    -------     ---    ---------
AMORTIZATION
At January 1, 2000..........................................    156,243     32,136      45      188,424
Charge......................................................     72,381     78,652      15      151,048
Disposals...................................................                (4,641)              (4,641)
                                                              ---------    -------     ---    ---------
At December 31, 2000........................................    228,624    106,147      60      334,831
                                                              ---------    -------     ---    ---------
NET BOOK VALUE AT
DECEMBER 31, 2000...........................................  2,166,875    147,150     146    2,314,171
                                                              =========    =======     ===    =========
</TABLE>

                                       F-21
<PAGE>   96
              POLSKA TELEFONIA CYFROWA SP. Z O.O. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                             (IN THOUSANDS OF PLN)

18. DEFERRED COSTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                AT DECEMBER 31,    AT DECEMBER 31,
                                                                     2000               1999
                                                                ---------------    ---------------
<S>                                                             <C>                <C>
Notes issuance cost.........................................        67,522             69,897
Lease indexing..............................................        12,638              2,863
Loan facility issuance cost.................................        11,336             12,493
                                                                    ------             ------
                                                                    91,496             85,253
                                                                    ======             ======
</TABLE>

     As explained in Note 20, the Company obtained long-term financing by
issuing 10 3/4 Notes, in July 1997, and 11 1/4 Notes in November, 1999 and
through the Loan facility, signed in December 1997. These debt issuance costs
have been deferred and are amortized over the period of financing (10 years for
10 3/4 Notes and 11 1/4 Notes, 8 years for Loan facility). Due to the fact that
the Company refinanced the Loan facility arranged in 1997 by the new Refinancing
Loan (see Note 6), all deferred costs related to the Loan facility were written
off at the moment of repayment.

     Lease indexing represents the cost of the indexation (revaluation) of the
finance lease payable (see Note 25) that is deferred over the period of lease
agreement.

19. CURRENT LIABILITIES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                AT DECEMBER 31,    AT DECEMBER 31,
                                                                     2000               1999
                                                                ---------------    ---------------
<S>                                                             <C>                <C>
GSM and UMTS licenses liabilities (see Note 20).............       1,184,488            206,666
Construction payables.......................................         354,727            455,557
Accruals....................................................         158,964            154,605
Trade creditors.............................................         165,508            247,956
Deferred income.............................................         100,209             48,998
Short-term portion of Loan facility (see Note 20)...........          85,851                 --
Forward contracts (see Note 24).............................          45,873                 --
Amounts due to State Treasury...............................          44,732             27,790
Overdraft facilities........................................          36,342                 --
Finance lease payable (see Note 25).........................          28,845             28,080
Payroll.....................................................           2,047              3,351
Accounts payable to shareholders............................           1,748              6,201
                                                                   ---------          ---------
                                                                   2,209,334          1,179,204
                                                                   =========          =========
</TABLE>

     In May 1998, the Company entered into a short-term renewable overdraft
agreement with Bank Rozwoju Eksportu S.A. The terms provided for maximum
borrowings of PLN 30,000 and interest based on 1 month WIBOR plus 0.5% p.a.
(19.54% as of December 31, 2000). PLN 25,950 of borrowings were outstanding as
of December 31, 2000 and there was no borrowings as of December 31, 1999.

     In June 2000, the Company entered into a short-term renewable overdraft
agreement with Citibank (Poland) S.A. The terms provided for maximum borrowings
of DEM 10,000 thousands and interest based on TOMNEXT WIBOR plus 0.5% p.a.
counted for each interest period separately (19.46% as of December 31, 2000).
PLN 10,392 (5,273 thousands DEM) of borrowings were outstanding as of December
31, 2000.

                                       F-22
<PAGE>   97
              POLSKA TELEFONIA CYFROWA SP. Z O.O. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                             (IN THOUSANDS OF PLN)

20. LONG-TERM INTEREST-BEARING LIABILITIES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                AT DECEMBER 31,    AT DECEMBER 31,
                                                                     2000               1999
                                                                ---------------    ---------------
<S>                                                             <C>                <C>
Long-term Notes.............................................       2,651,052          2,654,021
Loan facility...............................................         751,980          1,076,566
GSM and UMTS licenses liability.............................         389,998            332,491
Finance leases payable (see Note 25)........................         193,361            190,259
Shareholders loan...........................................              --            325,075
                                                                   ---------          ---------
                                                                   3,986,391          4,578,412
                                                                   =========          =========
</TABLE>

     On July 1, 1997, PTC International Finance B.V., a wholly owned subsidiary
of the Company, issued 10 3/4 Senior Subordinated Guaranteed Discount Notes
("10 3/4 Notes"). The 10 3/4 Notes are unsecured, subordinated obligations of
PTC International Finance B.V. and are limited to an aggregate principal amount
at maturity of approximately USD 253 million (PLN 1,048 million as of December
31, 2000). The 10 3/4 Notes were issued at a discount to their principal amount
at maturity to generate gross proceeds of approximately USD 150 million (PLN 493
million at historical exchange rate). The 10 3/4 Notes will mature on July 1,
2007. Cash interest does not accrue on the 10 3/4 Notes prior to July 1, 2002.
The obligations of PTC International Finance B.V. under the 10 3/4 Notes are
fully and unconditionally guaranteed by the Company on a senior subordinated and
unsecured basis pursuant to the Company's guarantee. The net proceeds from the
10 3/4 Notes are loaned to the Company.

     The 10 3/4 Notes are redeemable at the option of the holders or issuer at
the following redemption conditions:

<TABLE>
<S>                                    <C>
ISSUER OPTION (CALL).................  Redemption, American Type
Period 1.............................  1 July 2002 -- 1 July 2007
Redemption Amount....................  In whole or in part
Plus.................................  Accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption
Period 2.............................  1 July 1997 -- 1 July 2000
Redemption Amount....................  Any amount up to 35% of the outstanding principal amount,
                                       from the net proceeds of the issuance of ordinary shares of
                                       the Company in a public offering
Plus.................................  Accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption
OPTION OF HOLDERS (PUT)..............  Right to require the issuer to purchase the holder's Notes
Condition............................  Occurrence of a change of control
Purchase Amount......................  All or any part
Plus.................................  Accrued and unpaid interest to the purchase date
Change of control events
Rating Decline.......................  At least two Notches below or withdrawing and,
50% Voting Power.....................  If any person or group becomes the beneficial owner of 50%
                                       or more of the total voting power except for Permitted
                                       Holders (basically existing shareholders or large and
                                       reliable telecommunication company)
Consolidation........................  Sale of substantially all the assets of the Company
</TABLE>

                                       F-23
<PAGE>   98
              POLSKA TELEFONIA CYFROWA SP. Z O.O. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                             (IN THOUSANDS OF PLN)

20. LONG-TERM INTEREST-BEARING LIABILITIES (CONTINUED)

     The 10 3/4 Notes are measured in the balance sheet at an amortized cost.
They are traded publicly in the United States and their market value as of
December 31, 2000 was 66% of the nominal value (USD 167 million or PLN 692
million) whilst the carrying amount was PLN 897 million.

     On November 23, 1999, PTC International Finance II S.A., a wholly owned
subsidiary of PTC International Finance (Holding) B.V. that is wholly owned by
the Company, issued 11 1/4 Senior Subordinated Guaranteed Discount Notes
("11 1/4 Notes"). The 11 1/4 Notes are unsecured, subordinated obligations of
PTC International Finance II S.A. and are limited to an aggregate principal
amount at maturity of Euro 300 million and USD 150 million (PLN 1,778 million as
of December 31, 2000). The 11 1/4 Notes were issued at a discount to their
principal amount at maturity to generate gross proceeds of approximately Euro
296 million and USD 148 million (PLN 1,897 million at historical exchange rate).
The 11 1/4 Notes will mature on December 1, 2009. Cash interest accrues on the
11 1/4 Notes and is payable semi-annually, on each June 1 and December 1,
beginning in year 2000. The accrued interest on the 11 1/4 Notes is presented in
the balance sheet within the current liabilities.

     Payment of the first five interest coupons will be delivered from the funds
set on escrow account and invested in US Treasury Bills and Deutsche Treasury
Bills (see Note 13). The obligations of PTC International Finance II S.A. under
the 11 1/4 Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed by the Company on a
senior subordinated and unsecured basis pursuant to the Company's guarantee. The
net proceeds from the 11 1/4 Notes are loaned to the Company.

     The 11 1/4 Notes are redeemable at the option of the holders or issuer at
the following redemption conditions:

<TABLE>
<S>                                    <C>
ISSUER OPTION (CALL).................  Redemption, American Type
Period 1.............................  1 December 2004 -- 1 December 2009
Redemption Amount....................  In whole or in part
Plus.................................  Accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption
Period 2.............................  23 November 1999 -- 1 December 2002
Redemption Amount....................  Any amount up to 35% of the outstanding principal amount,
                                       from the net proceeds of the issuance of ordinary shares of
                                       the Company in a public offering
Plus.................................  Accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption
OPTION OF HOLDERS (PUT)..............  Right to require the issuer to purchase the holder's Notes
Condition............................  Occurrence of a change of control
Purchase Amount......................  All or any part
Plus.................................  Accrued and unpaid interest to the purchase date
Change of control events
Rating Decline.......................  At least two Notches below or withdrawing and,
50% Voting Power.....................  If any person or group becomes the beneficial owner of 50%
                                       or more of the total voting power except for Permitted
                                       Holders (basically existing shareholders or large and
                                       reliable telecommunication company)
Consolidation........................  Sale of substantially all the assets of the Company
</TABLE>

     The 11 1/4 Notes are measured in the balance sheet at an amortized cost.
They are traded publicly in the United States and their market value as of
December 31, 2000 was 95% of the nominal value for the Euro part (Euro 285
million or PLN 1,098 million) and 94% of the nominal value for the USD part (USD
141 million or

                                       F-24
<PAGE>   99
              POLSKA TELEFONIA CYFROWA SP. Z O.O. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                             (IN THOUSANDS OF PLN)

20. LONG-TERM INTEREST-BEARING LIABILITIES (CONTINUED)

PLN 584 million). The carrying amounts as of December 31, 2000 were PLN 1,141
million and PLN 613 million for Euro and USD parts, respectively.

     On December 17, 1997 the Company signed a loan facility agreement with a
consortium of banks organized by Citibank N.A. ("Loan facility"). The balance
outstanding as of December 31, 2000 amounted to PLN 837 million which consisted
of PLN 529 million (equivalent of DEM 269 million as of December 31, 2000), and
DEM 156 million (equivalent of PLN 308 million as of December 31, 2000)
borrowings. The Loan facility is measured in the balance sheet at nominal value
plus accrued interest which approximates its fair value. The main terms of the
agreement are as follows:

Facility limit.............  equivalent of DEM 622 million

Interest...................  LIBOR or WIBOR plus margin of 0.95% p.a. stepping
                             down to 0.40% p.a.

Commitment fee.............  0.3% (as of December 31, 2000)

Collateral.................  pledge of Company's assets, rights and shares

Repayment date.............  reduction in facility limit starting from December
                             17, 2000 to December 17, 2005

     The fees for the Company's GSM 900, GSM 1800 and UMTS licenses are
denominated in Euro and payable in installments. These deferred payments have
been discounted at 6.78% (the GSM 900 license), at 9.52% (the GSM 1800 license)
and at 12.06% for short-term and 12.11% for long-term installments (the UMTS
license), which approximated the Company's borrowing rate for Euro as of the
date of acquisition of the licenses. As at December 31, 2000 the fair values of
the GSM 900 license and the GSM 1800 license amounted to PLN 210 million and PLN
112 million, respectively (as at that date carrying amounts amounted to PLN 213
million and PLN 117 million, respectively). The carrying amount of the UMTS
license amounted to PLN 1,245 million and approximated the fair value.

     The balances payable on the licenses as of December 31, 2000 were:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              EUR'000     EUR'000       PLN'000
MATURITY                                                      NOMINAL    DISCOUNTED    DISCOUNTED
--------                                                      -------    ----------    ----------
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>           <C>
Due in one year (see Note 19).............................    322,816     307,309      1,184,488
Due in year two...........................................     16,715      14,498         55,881
Due in five years.........................................     15,000       8,715         33,592
Due in after five years...................................    375,000      77,969        300,525
                                                              -------     -------      ---------
                                                              729,531     408,491      1,574,486
                                                              =======     =======      =========
</TABLE>

     The balances payable as of December 31, 1999 were:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              EUR'000      EUR'000       PLN'000
MATURITY                                                      NOMINAL     DISCOUNTED    DISCOUNTED
--------                                                      --------    ----------    ----------
<S>                                                           <C>         <C>           <C>
Due in one year (see Note 19).............................     51,035       49,573       206,666
Due in year two...........................................     72,815       66,587       277,596
Due in year three.........................................     16,716       13,168        54,895
                                                              -------      -------       -------
                                                              140,566      129,328       539,157
                                                              =======      =======       =======
</TABLE>

                                       F-25
<PAGE>   100
              POLSKA TELEFONIA CYFROWA SP. Z O.O. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                             (IN THOUSANDS OF PLN)

20. LONG-TERM INTEREST-BEARING LIABILITIES (CONTINUED)

     In August 1999, the Company's operating shareholders i.e. Elektrim S.A.,
DeTeMobil Deutsche Telekom MobilNet GmbH ("DeTeMobil") and MediaOne
International B.V. ("MediaOne"), extended USD 75 million (PLN 311 million as of
December 31, 1999) in subordinated loans as follows ("Shareholder loan"):
Elektrim S.A., equivalent of USD 40 million, DeTeMobil, USD 17.5 million; and
MediaOne, USD 17.5 million. Each shareholder loan bears an interest rate of
12.5% compounded semi-annually on June 17 and December 17, however both
principal amounts and accrued interest was due on June 19, 2006.

     On November 30, 2000, according to the Supervisory Board resolution, the
Company settled the loan together with the accrued interest at the date. The
amounts due to DeTeMobil Deutsche Telekom MobilNet GmbH and MediaOne
International B.V. were transferred to the additional paid-in capital,
contributed by these shareholders. The amount due to Elektrim S.A. was also
effectively transferred to the additional paid-in capital through the Company's
shareholders which are subsidiaries of Elektrim S.A (see Note 22).

21. PROVISIONS FOR LIABILITIES AND CHARGES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                AT DECEMBER 31,    AT DECEMBER 31,
                                                                     2000               1999
                                                                ---------------    ---------------
<S>                                                             <C>                <C>
Social fund.................................................         1,858              1,220
                                                                     =====              =====
</TABLE>

     The social fund is an employer's obligation based on a mandated calculation
based on the number of employees and the monthly minimum wage in Poland. The
amounts calculated under this formula must be used for the benefits of the
employees.

22. CAPITAL

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                AT DECEMBER 31,    AT DECEMBER 31,
                                                                     2000               1999
                                                                ---------------    ---------------
<S>                                                             <C>                <C>
Allotted, called-up and fully paid:
471,000 ordinary shares of PLN 1,000 each...................        471,000            471,000
Additional paid-in capital..................................        409,754                 --
                                                                    -------            -------
                                                                    880,754            471,000
                                                                    =======            =======
</TABLE>

     According to the PTC Supervisory Board resolution dated November 30, 2000,
the shareholders' equity was increased with the additional paid-in capital. The
shareholders contributed the capital proportionally to their voting rights. The
contributions were transferred from the Shareholder loan (see Note 20) and paid
in cash in the amount of PLN 16,827.

23. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

ELEKTRIM S.A. AND ELEKTRIM TELEKOMUNIKACJA SP. Z O.O.

     Elektrim S.A. was the 48% shareholder of the Company until November 1999
when it transferred its holding in the Company to Elektrim Telekomunikacja Sp. z
o.o. ("ET"). The Company purchased services from Elektrim S.A. amounting to
PLN 1,990 during the year ended December 31, 2000, PLN 5,615 during the year
ended December 31, 1999 and PLN 11,665 during the year ended December 31, 1998.
These purchases related to supervision of contracting matters and administrative
support relating to the Company's contracts with suppliers. The Company realized
sales to Elektrim S.A. of PLN 839 during the year ended December 31, 2000,
PLN 560 during the year ended December 31, 1999 and PLN 259 in 1998. Net
payables outstanding were PLN 92 at December 31, 2000, PLN 925 at December 31,
1999 and PLN 915 at December 31, 1998. In year 2000 and 1999 there were no
transaction with ET.

                                       F-26
<PAGE>   101
              POLSKA TELEFONIA CYFROWA SP. Z O.O. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                             (IN THOUSANDS OF PLN)

23. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (CONTINUED)

DETEMOBIL DEUTSCHE TELEKOM MOBILNET GMBH ("DETEMOBIL")

     DeTeMobil is a 22.5% shareholder of the Company. The Company purchased
services from DeTeMobil amounting to PLN 22,246 during the year ended December
31, 2000, PLN 27,543 during the year ended December 31, 1999 and PLN 31,263 in
1998. These purchases related to assistance regarding technical and management
operations, roaming settlements and support of billing system. The Company
realized sales of PLN 19,670 during the year ended December 31, 2000, PLN 19,795
during the year ended December 31, 1999 and PLN 14,923 in 1998. Net payables
outstanding were PLN 462 at December 31, 2000, PLN 5,082 at December 31, 1999
and PLN 4,269 at December 31, 1998.

MEDIAONE INTERNATIONAL B.V. ("MEDIAONE")

     MediaOne, currently controlled by DeTeMobil, is a 22.5% shareholder of the
Company. The Company purchased services from MediaOne amounting to PLN 7,834
during the year ended December 31, 2000, PLN 14,426 plus PLN 386 of interest
during the year ended December 31, 1999 and PLN 14,382 in 1998. These purchases
related to financing, marketing and sales assistance, from MediaOne. There were
no balances outstanding at December 31, 2000 and December 31, 1999.

     Related party transactions were conducted primarily on market terms.

24. DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

     In year 2000 the Company concluded a set of transactions (foreign currency
forwards and non-delivery forwards) to hedge some of the foreign currency
liabilities that are scheduled to realize in the following years. During the
year ended December 31, 2000 the Company realized PLN 22,011 of foreign exchange
losses on closed transactions. The fair value of open transaction as of December
31, 2000 resulted in a loss of PLN 45,873.

     The table below presents the information related to the above transactions:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                FAIR VALUE    FAIR VALUE    FAIR VALUE
PRINCIPAL VALUE IN CURRENCY    MATURITY DATE     FAIR VALUE      AVERAGE         MIN           MAX
---------------------------    -------------    ------------    ----------    ----------    ----------
<S>                            <C>              <C>             <C>           <C>           <C>
                                                December 31,    Year 2000     Year 2000     Year 2000
                                                     2000
                                    Non-Delivery forward contract
56,100 thousand EUR......      April 2, 2001      (30,028)       (11,179)      (30,028)        6,480
                                          Forward contracts
16,875 thousand EUR......       June 1, 2001      (11,107)        (6,056)      (11,107)          (79)
8,438 thousand USD.......       June 1, 2001       (4,738)        (1,115)       (4,738)          951
                                                  -------        -------
                                                  (45,873)       (18,350)
                                                  =======        =======
</TABLE>

                                       F-27
<PAGE>   102
              POLSKA TELEFONIA CYFROWA SP. Z O.O. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                             (IN THOUSANDS OF PLN)

25. FINANCIAL COMMITMENTS

a.   FINANCE LEASES (INCLUDED IN LIABILITIES)

     On March 25, 1997 the Company entered into a finance lease agreement
relating to its new headquarters building and underlying land. The headquarters
lease obligation is denominated in USD and payable in Zloty. The term of the
lease is 15 years and the Company has a right to acquire the leased asset at the
end of the lease. The Company recognized the initial value of leased assets and
lease liabilities in its balance sheet at the present value of the minimum lease
payments. The minimum lease payments have been discounted at 11.338% (first
building leased in second half of 1998) and at 11.174% (second building leased
in July 1999), which approximated the Company's borrowing rate for USD as of the
date of acquisition of the leased assets. The finance lease liability is
measured in the balance sheet at an amortized cost.

     The minimum lease payments under capital leases are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     AT DECEMBER 31, 2000
                                                            --------------------------------------
                                                            FUTURE VALUE    INTEREST    DISCOUNTED
                                                            ------------    --------    ----------
<S>                                                         <C>             <C>         <C>
Due in
one year................................................       30,577         1,732       28,845
year two................................................       30,577         4,671       25,906
year three..............................................       30,577         7,306       23,271
year four...............................................       30,577         9,662       20,915
year five...............................................       30,577        11,768       18,809
after year five.........................................      276,181       171,721      104,460
                                                              -------       -------      -------
                                                              429,066       206,860      222,206
                                                              =======       =======      =======
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     AT DECEMBER 31, 1999
                                                            --------------------------------------
                                                            FUTURE VALUE    INTEREST    DISCOUNTED
                                                            ------------    --------    ----------
<S>                                                         <C>             <C>         <C>
Due in
one year................................................       29,807         1,727       28,080
year two................................................       29,807         4,676       25,131
year three..............................................       29,807         7,315       22,492
year four...............................................       29,807         9,673       20,134
year five...............................................       29,807        11,782       18,025
after year five.........................................      300,363       195,886      104,477
                                                              -------       -------      -------
                                                              449,398       231,059      218,339
                                                              =======       =======      =======
</TABLE>

     The lease obligation's future amount, USD 103,559 thousand, consists of
minimum monthly payments of USD 615 thousand and purchase option of USD 11,825
thousand. Annually, the Company's lease liabilities are changed based on the
U.S. consumer price index ("CPI"). In 2000, this resulted in an increase in
minimum monthly payments by USD 16.2 thousand (PLN 67 thousand as of December
31, 2000) and USD 4.3 thousand in 1999 (PLN 17.8 thousand as of December 31,
1999).

                                       F-28
<PAGE>   103
              POLSKA TELEFONIA CYFROWA SP. Z O.O. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                             (IN THOUSANDS OF PLN)

25. FINANCIAL COMMITMENTS (CONTINUED)

b.  OPERATING LEASES (NOT INCLUDED IN LIABILITIES)

     The minimum annual rentals payable on operating leases are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                AT DECEMBER 31,    AT DECEMBER 31,
                                                                     2000               1999
                                                                ---------------    ---------------
<S>                                                             <C>                <C>
Operating leases maturity
Due in one year.............................................          9,218            17,475
Due in two years............................................         13,399             9,010
Due in three years..........................................         10,008            14,201
Due in four years...........................................          7,182             6,253
Due in five years...........................................          6,202             2,345
Due after five years........................................         95,185            31,896
                                                                    -------            ------
                                                                    141,194            81,180
                                                                    =======            ======
</TABLE>

     Assets under operating leases include primarily network sites, office
space, retail outlets and warehouses.

c.   CAPITAL EQUIPMENT COMMITMENTS (NOT INCLUDED IN LIABILITIES)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                AT DECEMBER 31,    AT DECEMBER 31,
                                                                     2000               1999
                                                                ---------------    ---------------
<S>                                                             <C>                <C>
Authorized and contracted...................................         970,532            319,725
Authorized and not contracted...............................       1,487,877          1,495,522
                                                                   ---------          ---------
                                                                   2,458,409          1,815,247
                                                                   =========          =========
</TABLE>

     Capital equipment commitments denominated in Deutschemarks amount to
approximately DM 795 million at December 31, 2000 and DM 852 million at December
31, 1999.

26. DIVIDEND RESTRICTION

     The Company's statutory financial statements are prepared in accordance
with Polish accounting regulations. Dividends may only be distributed from the
net profit reported in the Polish annual statutory financial statements. As of
December 31, 2000 there is PLN 44,252 available for distribution subject to the
decision of the Shareholders' Meeting in 2001.

                                       F-29
<PAGE>   104
              POLSKA TELEFONIA CYFROWA SP. Z O.O. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                             (IN THOUSANDS OF PLN)

27. SUPPLEMENTARY CASH FLOW INFORMATION

     Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash on hand, balances deposited with
banks and short-term, highly liquid investments.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              AT DECEMBER 31,    AT DECEMBER 31,
                                                                   2000               1999
                                                              ---------------    ---------------
<S>                                                           <C>                <C>
Balances deposited with banks:
  Current accounts..........................................      14,669               29,422
  Term deposits with original maturity of less than 90
     days...................................................      14,033              654,305
  Treasury bills with original maturity of less than 90
     days...................................................          --              410,694
  Social fund cash..........................................         602                  468
Cash on hand................................................         161                  620
                                                                  ------            ---------
                                                                  29,465            1,095,509
                                                                  ======            =========
</TABLE>

     At December 31, 2000 the Company revalued cash on hand and balances
deposited with banks denominated in foreign currencies. The net result of the
revaluation was PLN 411 of foreign exchange losses, which were reported under
interest and other financial expenses. The social fund cash is restricted for
the benefits of the employees as described in Note 4.e.

NON-CASH TRANSACTIONS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              AT DECEMBER 31,    AT DECEMBER 31,
                                                                   2000               1999
                                                              ---------------    ---------------
<S>                                                           <C>                <C>
UMTS license acquisition....................................     1,279,147                --
Additional capital..........................................       392,927                --
GSM 1800 license acquisition................................            --           389,923
Assets acquired under finance lease.........................            --           119,963
</TABLE>

28. EMPLOYMENT

     Average headcount in the Company during the presented years was as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        YEAR ENDED      YEAR ENDED      YEAR ENDED
                                                       DECEMBER 31,    DECEMBER 31,    DECEMBER 31,
                                                           2000            1999            1998
                                                       ------------    ------------    ------------
<S>                                                    <C>             <C>             <C>
Average headcount....................................     2,865           2,170           1,439
</TABLE>

                                       F-30
<PAGE>   105
              POLSKA TELEFONIA CYFROWA SP. Z O.O. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                             (IN THOUSANDS OF PLN)

29. ESTIMATION OF THE FAIR VALUES

     The following table presents the carrying amounts and fair values of the
Company's financial instruments outstanding at December 31, 2000 and 1999, in
million PLN. The carrying amounts in the table are included in the balance sheet
under the indicated captions. The fair value of a financial instrument is
defined as the amount at which the instrument could be exchanged in a current
transaction between willing parties, other than in a forced or liquidation sale.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       31 DECEMBER, 2000         31 DECEMBER, 1999
                                                     ----------------------    ----------------------
                                                     CARRYING                  CARRYING
                                                      AMOUNT     FAIR VALUE     AMOUNT     FAIR VALUE
                                                     --------    ----------    --------    ----------
                                                         MILLION ZLOTY             MILLION ZLOTY
<S>                                                  <C>         <C>           <C>         <C>
FINANCIAL ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents........................        29           29        1,096        1,096
Debtors..........................................       268          268          238          238
Short-term investments...........................       192          191          198          198
Financial assets.................................        97           97          302          299
FINANCIAL LIABILITIES
Current liabilities..............................     1,877        1,877          920          920
Long-term interest-bearing liabilities...........     3,793        3,513        4,388        4,311
</TABLE>

Debtors, current liabilities

     The carrying amounts are a reasonable estimate of the fair values because
of the short maturity of such instruments.

Cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, financial assets

     The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents approximate fair values.
The fair value of publicly traded short-term investments and financial assets is
based on quoted market values.

Long-term interest-bearing liabilities

     The fair value of fixed rate long-term debt is estimated using the expected
future payments discounted at market interest rates, except for the publicly
traded liabilities, which are quoted at market values. The carrying amount of
market-based floating rate long-term loans approximates their fair value.

Forward foreign exchange contracts

     The carrying amounts of forward foreign exchange contracts are based on
quoted market forward rates at the year-end balance sheet dates. Therefore, the
carrying amounts approximate fair value.

                                       F-31
<PAGE>   106
              POLSKA TELEFONIA CYFROWA SP. Z O.O. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                             (IN THOUSANDS OF PLN)

30. SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION TO IAS FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     A reconciliation of the Company's consolidated net profit / (loss) under
PAS and IAS is summarized as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        YEAR ENDED      YEAR ENDED      YEAR ENDED
                                                       DECEMBER 31,    DECEMBER 31,    DECEMBER 31,
                                                           2000            1999            1998
                                                       ------------    ------------    ------------
<S>                                                    <C>             <C>             <C>
Comprehensive net profit/(loss) under PAS............     62,795         (138,203)        26,913
Foreign translation difference.......................       (636)          (1,582)            63
IAS adjustment for GSM licenses amortization.........      5,992            4,562          4,520
IAS adjustment for GSM licenses discount.............    (26,591)         (22,602)       (24,151)
Unrealized foreign exchange differences..............     45,188           29,569          8,610
Finance lease........................................       (511)           1,113          2,104
IAS assets adjustment................................     (2,972)            (964)        11,732
Development and start-up costs.......................      3,586            3,586          6,324
Deferred tax benefit/(charge)........................     10,800            2,018        (30,599)
                                                         -------         --------        -------
Comprehensive net profit/(loss) under IAS............     97,651         (122,503)         5,516
                                                         =======         ========        =======
</TABLE>

     A reconciliation of the Company's shareholders' equity under PAS and IAS is
summarized as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
                                                       --------------------------------------------
                                                            AT              AT              AT
                                                       DECEMBER 31,    DECEMBER 31,    DECEMBER 31,
                                                           2000            1999            1998
                                                       ------------    ------------    ------------
<S>                                                    <C>             <C>             <C>
Shareholders' equity under PAS.......................    623,371         151,681         289,758
Foreign translation difference.......................     (1,429)         (1,652)             56
IAS adjustment for GSM license amortization..........     21,613          15,621          11,059
IAS adjustment for GSM licenses discount.............    (79,775)        (53,184)        (30,582)
Unrealized foreign exchange differences..............     85,043          39,855          10,286
Finance lease........................................      2,706           3,217           2,104
IAS assets adjustment................................      7,796          10,768          11,732
Development and start-up costs.......................     (2,296)         (5,882)         (9,468)
Deferred tax benefit.................................     18,182           7,382           5,364
                                                         -------         -------         -------
Shareholders' equity under IAS.......................    675,211         167,806         290,309
                                                         =======         =======         =======
</TABLE>

     The above differences are caused by the following reasons:

     -  Recognition of the long-term license liabilities at present value for
        IAS purposes, while they were recorded at undiscounted nominal value
        under Polish accounting regulations. This accounting results in higher
        interest expense under IAS, which is partially offset by lower
        amortization expense and foreign exchange losses,

     -  Unrealized foreign exchange gains recognized as financial income for IAS
        purposes but deferred for PAS purposes,

     -  Difference in treatment of assets held under finance lease and other
        capital assets written off for PAS purposes,

     -  Development and start-up costs expensed in IAS according to IAS 38
        "Intangible Assets",

     -  Adjustment to deferred tax on temporary differences in preceding
        adjustments.

                                       F-32
<PAGE>   107
              POLSKA TELEFONIA CYFROWA SP. Z O.O. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                             (IN THOUSANDS OF PLN)

31. DIFFERENCES BETWEEN IAS AND U.S. GAAP

     The Company's consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance
with International Accounting Standards, which differ in certain aspects from
U.S. GAAP.

     The effect of the principal differences between IAS and U.S. GAAP in
relation to the Company's consolidated financial statements are presented below,
with explanations of certain adjustments that affect total comprehensive net
income/(loss).

     Reconciliation of consolidated net profit/(loss):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            YEAR ENDED     YEAR ENDED     YEAR ENDED
                                                           DECEMBER 31,   DECEMBER 31,   DECEMBER 31,
                                                               2000           1999           1998
                                                           ------------   ------------   ------------
<S>                                                        <C>            <C>            <C>
Comprehensive net income / (loss) under IAS..............     97,651        (122,503)        5,516
U.S. GAAP adjustments:
(a)  Removal of foreign exchange differences capitalized
     for IAS.............................................      4,176         (18,224)      (22,765)
(b)  Depreciation and amortization of foreign exchange...      9,188           6,392         3,931
(c)  Inventory discounts policy..........................         --              --        (3,548)
(d)  Development and start-up cost.......................         --          (9,468)       (3,585)
(e)  Revenue recognition (SAB 101).......................     14,711              --            --
(f)  Deferred tax on above...............................     (4,564)          2,938         1,291
                                                             -------        --------       -------
Net profit / (loss) under U.S. GAAP......................    121,162        (140,865)      (19,160)
                                                             =======        ========       =======
</TABLE>

RECONCILIATION OF CONSOLIDATED NET ASSETS:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              AT             AT             AT
                                                         DECEMBER 31,   DECEMBER 31,   DECEMBER 31,
                                                             2000           1999           1998
                                                         ------------   ------------   ------------
<S>                                                      <C>            <C>            <C>
Consolidated shareholders' equity under IAS............    675,211         167,806       290,309
U.S. GAAP adjustments:
(a)  Removal of foreign exchange differences
     capitalized for IAS...............................    (99,064)       (103,240)      (85,016)
(b)  Depreciation and amortization on above............     22,965          13,777         7,385
(c)  Inventory discounts policy........................         --              --            --
(d)  Development and start-up cost.....................         --              --         9,468
(e)  Revenue recognition (SAB 101).....................     14,711              --            --
(f)  Deferred tax on above.............................     (4,564)             --        (2,938)
                                                           -------        --------       -------
Consolidated shareholders' equity under U.S. GAAP......    609,259          78,343       219,208
                                                           =======        ========       =======
</TABLE>

(a)  REMOVAL OF FOREIGN EXCHANGE DIFFERENCES CAPITALIZED FOR IAS

     In accordance with IAS 23 "Borrowing Costs", the Company capitalizes
financing costs, including interest and foreign exchange gains or losses, into
assets under construction.

                                       F-33
<PAGE>   108
              POLSKA TELEFONIA CYFROWA SP. Z O.O. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                             (IN THOUSANDS OF PLN)

31. DIFFERENCES BETWEEN IAS AND U.S. GAAP (CONTINUED)

(a)  REMOVAL OF FOREIGN EXCHANGE DIFFERENCES CAPITALIZED FOR IAS (CONTINUED)

     For tangible fixed assets under construction, the Company capitalizes
interest and foreign exchange gains or losses incurred and directly attributable
to the acquisition and construction of the qualifying assets that would have
been avoided if the expenditure on the qualifying assets had not been made. The
financing costs are capitalized only during the period of construction of the
qualifying assets (see Note 16). As explained in Note 4.b., the Company
capitalized financing costs attributable to the acquisition of its GSM 900, GSM
1800 and UMTS licenses, including interest on the related long-term obligation
and foreign exchange losses because these licenses are integral parts of the
network (see Note 17).

     Under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards 52 "Foreign Currency
Translation", however, foreign exchange differences relating to financing
obligations should be included in the statement of operations of the Company.
Consequently, the amounts of foreign exchange differences capitalized in
accordance with IAS 23 in the Company's financial statements are expensed under
U.S. GAAP.

(b)  DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION

     The U.S. GAAP adjustments for depreciation and amortization shown above
represent the amounts of depreciation and amortization charges relating to
capitalized foreign exchanges differences in the Company's IAS financial
statements. Since under U.S. GAAP these foreign exchange differences are not
permitted to be capitalized and are instead expensed, the depreciation and
amortization of these capitalized differences under IAS has been reversed.

(d)  DEVELOPMENT AND START-UP COST

     As explained in Note 5 for IAS purposes the Company has adopted IAS 38
"Intangible Assets" in 1999 giving its effect retrospectively. This has resulted
in writing-off of development and start-up cost when they arose in 1996. For
U.S. GAAP purposes the Company has written off in 1999 start-up costs following
the issuance the SOP 98-5 in the United States.

(e)  REVENUE RECOGNITION (SAB 101)

     On December 3, 1999 the Securities and Exchange Commission staff issued
Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 101 "Revenue Recognition in Financial Statements"
("SAB 101"). SAB 101 reflects basic principles of revenue recognition in
existing generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP). A calendar year
company is required to calculate the effect of adopting SAB 101 as of January 1,
2000 and make the cumulative entry on that date, and restate all quarterly
information previously reported during 2000.

     Based on the above bulletin and further interpretations, the Company set up
the criteria for recognition of multiple-element transactions and up-front
non-refundable fees and their presentation in the financial statements.

     The multiple-element transactions with post-paid clients are classified as
separable or non-separable contracts whereas the pre-paid services are treated
as separable transactions. The initial revenue from a multiple-element
arrangement that is non-separable (handset price and activation fee) is deferred
over the average expected life of the customer. The direct cost of a product
sold in this contract is also deferred in line with the revenue. The initial
excess of cost over the revenue is immediately expensed.

     The revenue from separable multiple-element transactions and costs related
to this transactions are recognized in the income statement as incurred, except
for non-refundable up-front fees (activation fees) and direct costs related to
these fees. These revenues and costs are deferred over the average expected life
of the customer.
                                       F-34
<PAGE>   109
              POLSKA TELEFONIA CYFROWA SP. Z O.O. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                             (IN THOUSANDS OF PLN)

31. DIFFERENCES BETWEEN IAS AND U.S. GAAP (CONTINUED)

     The accounting treatment of revenues and relevant cost for multi-element
arrangements is summarized in the following table:

   MULTI-ELEMENT CONTRACT (HANDSET, ACTIVATION AND TELECOMMUNICATION SERVICE)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                 SEPARABLE                          NON-SEPARABLE
                                 ---------                          -------------
<S>                              <C>                                <C>
Accounting treatment...........  Activation represents up-front     Handset, activation and service
                                 non-refundable fee.                are treated as multi-element
                                                                    contract that is non-separable.
                                 Handset is sold separately from
                                 the rest of the multi-element
                                 contract
Revenue recognition............  Activation revenue is deferred     Activation and handset revenue
                                 over average expected life of      is deferred over average
                                 the customer.                      expected life of the customer.
                                 Handset revenue is recognised
                                 immediately.
Cost recognition...............  Multiple Element Cost:             Multiple Element Cost:
                                 Cost of the activation card is     Cost of activation card and
                                 deferred in line with              cost of handset equal to
                                 activation revenue.                activation and handset revenue
                                                                    is deferred over average
                                 Cost of sale                       expected life of the customer.
                                 Cost of the handset is             The excess of the costs over
                                 recognised immediately.            revenues is immediately
                                                                    expensed.
</TABLE>

     Total sales price of handsets sold together with prepaid service cards is
allocated on a pro-rata basis based on the fair value of the elements.

(g)  PRESENTATION OF DEFERRED TAXATION

     Under IAS, passing certain criteria, the Company may net deferred tax
liabilities and assets and present a net balance in the balance sheet. Under
U.S. GAAP current and non-current portions, by tax jurisdiction, of the above
should be disclosed separately. As of December 31, 2000 deferred tax assets, as
presented in Note 12, included PLN 51,883 of current portion (PLN 27,472 as at
December 31, 1999) and deferred tax liability included PLN 17,695 of current
portion (PLN 7,637 as at December 31, 1999).

(h) SFAS 133

     In June 1998, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133, Accounting for Derivative
Instruments and Hedging Activities. In June 1999, the FASB issued Statement No.
137, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities -- Deferral of
the Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 133. In June 2000, the FASB issued
Statement 138, Accounting for Certain Derivative Instruments and Certain Hedging
Activities, an amendment of FASB Statement No. 133.

     Statement 133, as amended, establishes accounting and reporting standards
requiring that every derivative instrument (including certain derivative
instruments embedded in other contracts) be recorded in the balance sheet as
either an asset or liability measured at its fair value. The Statement requires
that changes in the derivative instrument's fair value be recognized currently
in earnings unless specific hedge accounting criteria are met.

                                       F-35
<PAGE>   110
              POLSKA TELEFONIA CYFROWA SP. Z O.O. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                             (IN THOUSANDS OF PLN)

31. DIFFERENCES BETWEEN IAS AND U.S. GAAP (CONTINUED)

Special accounting for qualifying hedges allows a derivative instrument's gains
and losses to offset related results on the hedged item in the income statement,
to the extent effective, and requires that a company must formally document,
designate, and assess the effectiveness of transactions that receive hedge
accounting.

     Statement 133, as amended, is effective for fiscal years beginning after
June 15, 2000. A Company may also implement the Statement as of the beginning of
any fiscal quarter after issuance (that is, fiscal quarters beginning June 16,
1998, and thereafter). Statement 133 cannot be applied retroactively. Statement
133 must be applied to (a) derivative instruments and (b) certain derivative
instruments embedded in hybrid instruments. With respect to hybrid instruments,
Company may elect to apply Statement 133, as amended, to (1) all hybrid
instruments, (2) only those hybrid instruments that were issued, acquired, or
substantively modified after December 31, 1997, or (3) only those hybrid
instruments that were issued, acquired, or substantively modified after December
31, 1998.

     The Company plans to adopt Statement 133 on January 1, 2001. The Company
plans to apply Statement 133 to only those hybrid instruments that were issued,
acquired, or substantively modified after December 31, 1998. The Company has not
yet quantified all effects of adopting Statement 133 on its financial
statements. However, the Statement could increase volatility in earnings and
other comprehensive income or involve certain changes in Company's business
practices.

                                       F-36